Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi
Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi
Wake Up Kiwi
 
Wake Up Kiwi
 
Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi
Wake Up Kiwi

· Home / Introduction

CURRENT AFFAIRS

· Current Events & Breaking News

· Cabal / Illuminati / NWO Watch

· Mainstream Media Manipulation

· Banking Crimes & Criminals

· Political Crimes & Criminals

· Feature Articles

· Positive Developments

ILLUMINATI / NWO

· NWO Globalist Agenda

· Secret Societies & The Illuminati

· Conspiracy To Rule The World

· What / Who Is "The Crown"?

· Agenda 21/2030 In New Zealand

· Surveillance Society/Police State

· 'Terrorism' & Engineered Wars

· Eugenics / Depopulation Agenda

· Religion As A Tool For Control

· Common Law Vs Statute Law

SCIENCE / TECHNOLOGY

· The Climate Change Scam

· Chemtrails & Geoengineering

· Suppressed Science

· Positive New Technologies

· Cures, Health & Wellbeing

· Dangerous & Dirty Technology

· Spiritual Aspects & Metaphysics

· The Extra-Terrestrial Presence

HISTORY

· Suppressed / Hidden History

· Real New Zealand History

· The Opal File: NZ / AUS History

· 150+ NWO Globalist Quotes

MISCELLANEOUS

· Political Commentary

· Positive Resources

· Resistance, Resources & Links

· Contact



Newsletter archive - click here

Site Search:































Wake Up Kiwi
Wake Up Kiwi  

Current Events And Breaking News

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

The Monetary System Is Collapsing: The Most Insidious Form Of Theft
September 26 2022 | From: FinalWakeupCall / Various

Lack of logical foundation: President Richard M. Nixon announced on August 15, 1971, that the U.S. would no longer officially exchange dollars for gold and many are still referring to that decision as one of the biggest mistakes ever.



Nixon, for one, thought gold-price stability was bogus. It has since become clear why he went off the gold standard.

Related: Financial Fraud: Easy Money Corrupts The Monetary System

A good controlling factor over the monetary system would be the price of gold. The implications; conduct monetary and fiscal policy such that the gold markets are content to sit tight, and marvel at the economic results. Do otherwise, and the ordeal of the 1970s will be repeated today.

Rarely in the history of political economy have choices been so stark, so obvious. One wonders whether it is being done on purpose. Which as we know is actually the truth.

The USD has no logical foundation behind it with regards to any sustainable value due to a lack of hard asset collateral. It’s just air! That means all people’s money, in their checking, savings, investment and retirement accounts is simply not real! And since 1971 never has been!

When the new gold backed USN is forced into play, money will obtain real value, and matters are going to change very fast. This dramatic event for change will start happening sooner than anyone realises, while the great illusion of western dominance will end.

Three quarters of a century of military dominance will be gone in the blink of an eye. No more grace periods to extend. No more meetings to renegotiate treaties and implement international bankruptcy rulings.



Related: The Old World Is Collapsing, Where Do We Go From Here?

It is clear, that the new global financial system has evolved to a higher standard. It will prevent many forms of fraud and allow for unrestricted movement of funds from place to place as needed, instead of delays or freezes or holds due to compliance issues.

Unimpeded movement of funds is important to the wellbeing of society. The timely arrival of funds according to budgetary needs is critical to the survival of businesses.

Today’s end of the line situation is far grimmer than anyone is being told. Only the implementation of RV followed by GESARA will deliver the fiscal remedy for folks who must now live in this new reality. By the way, only Americans enjoyed the continuing endless supply of currency being forced upon them by the holders of all global debt, known as The Chinese Elders.


The Weakness of Paper Money:

Precisely this non-backing of currency is the inherent weakness of “paper money” – governments have the power to declare paper to be “legal tender” – but they do not have the power to give that money value. This is something that no one, especially not politicians will tell you.

All Central Banks should be abolished.

The average citizen doesn’t have a clue how dangerous and corrupt the Central Banking System and their governments really are. Please read here how we the people can help to abolish all Central Banks.

The world over, governments have embarked on an out-of-control experiment with debt money, that they could alternatively have issued as ‘debt-free-money’, without interest. –In today’s world, credit money is printed in absurd quantities out of thin air, and so much of it is borrowed that it can never ever be paid back in full to the creditors.



Related: The Monetary System: Downward Slide Into Tyranny, Slavery, And Self-Destruction

It took the USA “216 years to rack up $8.5 trillion in debt… and then just 8 more years to double that amount.” – Governments won’t be able to do a single thing about this crisis, as they themselves have knowingly created it!

When governments tap out their ability to increase their tax revenue and their debts become too mountainous to maintain; they have one last way they can take what they need, and it is the most insidious. They can print the currency they need to pay for whatever they want.


The Most Insidious Form of Theft

The Central Banks’ balance sheet – which represents the total amount of currency in circulation or in central bank’s reserves – has the USD blown up from $1.1 trillion in 2008 to nearly $4 trillion in 2017.

Not many people understand the misconception of these actions or their inevitable failure. The great advantage of paper money is purportedly its flexibility.

They can, in theory, print more of it when they need it to facilitate economic growth or forestall a crisis. But that doesn’t really work. Printing money doesn’t create wealth or stimulate the economy. Instead, it simply makes each unit in circulation less valuable and leads to higher prices, a monetary phenomenon that is called inflation.



Related: Babylonian Money Magic & How Modern "Commercial Law" Is Based On Ancient Babylonian Codes

It is an insidious form of stealing. People feel wealthier as the numbers on their pay checks and bank balances rise. As nominal stock prices rise, people feel as though things are going well. But they don’t notice the value of each unit is eroding steadily.

Worse still, it provides incentives for going into debt. People who borrow today will repay those obligations in the future with units that are worth much less.

Inflation has been so prevalent for so long, most people don’t even know it’s not part of a normal economic system. Data on consumer prices from 1596-1971 in Great Britain prove that during gold-standard periods, commodity prices remain stable – even over hundreds of years – during periods of massive economic growth and soaring populations.

The most important test of paper money is whether it facilitates real, per-capita economic growth. And on that score, the evidence is overwhelmingly negative. When money is sound and reliable, it doesn’t lose value over time.


The Name of the Game is the ‘Race to Debase’ Purchasing Power

Today’s monetary system, however, isn’t sound or reliable. Politicians fool around with the money supply constantly. Sometimes, they increase the amount of money by huge amounts in response to demands from powerful groups, especially banks.

As a result, the products you need to live a regular life – like gasoline, milk, housing, and medical care – constantly increase in price. And these prices go up, year after year, even when wages don’t.

Paper money works great for the rich, who can hedge their exposure to the currency and whose access to fixed-rate credit allows huge asset purchases. But it is horrible for the middle class.



Related: The Money Scam Makes Us Slaves: Gold Is Waterproof And Indestructible In The Sea Of Fiat Currencies

When the US-dollar as the reserve currency was taken off gold, it allowed the central banks to continuously debase their currency, while the wages paid in the same currency no longer kept pace with inflation.

Any reasonable study of paper-money systems versus gold-backed monetary systems demonstrates the superiority of gold straightaway. So, why does almost every modern government choose paper?

The answer is because paper money allows the wealthy and powerful vested interests in the economy to manipulate interest rates, prices, the money supply, and credit to their exclusive advantage.

Today’s monetary system dooms every average worker to poverty and almost guarantees that the rich and powerful will become richer. And it is this massive gap that is ultimately fuelling the problems the world faces today.


The Problem with Paper Assets

Wealth is either physical, by for example owning a big house or a Rembrandt painting, or it is paper wealth.



Related: The 75 Trillion Dollar Shadow Banking System Is In Danger Of Collapsing

All paper assets are a claim against tangible goods and services. No more goods and services can be obtained than the economy can produce. Since the economy of 2008-13 produced only a fraction as much real wealth as the claims against it, those claims will have to be applied to future output.


The Debt

The IMF has just reported that total global debt is now at a staggering $164 trillion, which amounts to 225% of total global GDP. Every person on this planet could turn over everything they produce for the next two to three years and the world will still be in debt.

The number is so astronomically high that it is impossible to pay off, and so there really is no point in even trying. In fact, governments are not at all concerned with paying off the debt because they know the number has lost it’s meaning in the face of such cartoonish proportions.

Currency is created by private institutions who create as much money as banks and governments desire. This money is created out of thin air, literally by punching a few keys on a computer keyboard and sending tiny currents of electricity to a screen which displays whatever number the private corporation wants.

It is not backed by anything of value, yet these private institutions charge interest to governments and private sector borrowers.



Related: Paradise Papers: The Shadowy World Of Big Money

For every unit created and loaned, the magical money-lenders demand that unit back with interest. Since the lender is demanding more than was created, it is mathematically impossible to ever pay off debt, because the currency units to pay for interest simply don’t exist.

The modern-day debt system maintains a tragic if not dramatic tension in the world, and on a planet with such abundant resources, you have to wonder with a global debt number so high, do people of the planet owe money to each other, or are they really in debt to some type of institution?

It definitely does not make sense for the human race to enslave itself with such an insane system. Theoretically the debt is owed to the central banks that created the units out of nothing. So actually there is no debt owed to anybody!


Corruption of Debt

The only way the government can give away something is by first taking it from someone else. This is critical. The governments are taking what they want, and this is exactly what has created today’s crisis.

Taxes are the most obvious way governments take for redistribution. But governments are now reaching the limits of what they can generate from new or higher taxes. When governments realise they can’t take any more from you through taxes, they use debt instruments to take from your children and grandchildren.

Governments have taken advantage of that option to a historic degree; the U.S. and EU government owe more than $20 trillion each. The number is so large, it’s meaningless. No one can comprehend how much money $20 trillion really is. A better way to think about it is to say; each taxpayer owes roughly $175,000. That’s like a whole additional mortgage for most people.



Related: The Next Move To Steal Your Money: A Plan To Rip-Off Your Wealth

This massive amount of national debt cannot be financed at any real rate of interest. If governments have to pay even 6% interest on their debt, it would cost roughly $1.2 trillion a year. And that’s just to pay the interest on the debt. The entire government brings in about $3.3 trillion a year in taxes.

This debt addiction has filtered into four critical areas of the economy. Instead of learning from the mistakes that crippled the economy in 2008 when the mortgage bubble burst, they have created three new bubbles that could soon blow up.


1. The largest threat is the corporate bond market, particularly junk bonds.

When this crash occurs, it will be the largest destruction of wealth in history. There has never been a bigger bubble in bonds.


2. Student debt forms another looming bubble

Over the past 10 years, students, most of whom have virtually no income, have racked up enormous debts. As of 2017, student debt totals more than $1.5 trillion, the second-largest source of household debt after home mortgages.

All the signs show that the debt piled on our youth will become another catastrophic bubble in the western economy.



Related: The Bankers’ Scam - The Power Of Money: Beat The Bankers Through Debt Termination & Commonwealth Bank Of Australia: One Of The Largest Banks In The World Just Accused Of Laundering Millions For Drug Cartels


3. The subprime auto lending bubble is poised to cripple the automotive-industry

Most people have no idea how pervasive subprime loans have become in auto lending. Over 90% of cars sold are financed by loans of leases.


4. The housing bubble trouble

The housing bubble is going to repeat itself with even more unsold and unfinished houses. Spain in 2008 was stuck throughout the country with over 3,5 million unsold houses. That number is set to grow again as about half of the houses ‘sold’ were bought by speculators that cannot resell. So, expect more new and unfinished properties in this upcoming crash, than ten years ago.


How is this substantiated? It’s simple. Historically, “junk” bonds – aka high-yield bonds issued by less-creditworthy companies – have never yielded less than 5% annually. But they hit that low in mid-2014, and today, they’re not much higher than that.

Likewise, in 2014, the difference between the yields on junk bonds and the yields on investment-grade bonds had almost never been lower. That means credit was more available than almost ever before for small, less-than-investment-grade companies. The last time credit was that widely available – and at such low costs – was in 2007. And that ended badly.

Throughout 2015, the spread between low-quality corporate bonds and high-quality corporate bonds began rising. That indicated a growing fear in the market as people reduced the amount of risk in their portfolios and shifted to higher-quality and higher-rated assets.

During the first half of 2016, the high-yield spread began declining. It’s now close to the post-crisis lows of 2014, indicating complacency in the high-yield debt market. But it won’t last. It never does.



Related: Democracy Is A Front For Central Bank Rule & Financial Starvation In A Fiat Debt Slavery Financial System

Most investors don’t know anything about the Central Banks quietly reversing course. They have started draining the system of reserves. In October 2017, they began to “run off” their balance sheet by about $13 billion a month.

That is, as the bonds they hold mature, these assets won’t “roll” into new securities. And so, for the last seven months, their balance sheets have shrunk by $10 billion a month in bond securities and $3 billion a month in mortgage securities.

It took the speculative bubble a long time to reach negative interest rates on junk bonds. It likewise will take a shorter time for this to fundamentally change the financial markets, hurting sentiment and securities prices. But make no mistake, the tide is going out. And the tide is going to get more powerful as it moves on.

The coming collapse in the bond market also will be far worse than it was last time. The Federal Reserve’s twin policies of keeping interest rates near zero and buying tens of billions of dollars in Treasury securities and mortgage-backed debt have driven the huge bull market in bonds and properties.

As the Central Banks buy bonds, they push bond rates down and force the other buyers of bonds to buy riskier debt that historically offers much higher yields.



Related: Unless We Kick Our Addiction To Growth, We’re Heading Towards A Debt-Fuelled Dystopia


The Real Panic in the Corporate Bond Market Could Arrive Soon

Expect the average price of non-investment debt – junk bonds – to fall by 50%. Investment-grade bonds will fall substantially too, by an estimated 25%. This is going to wipe out a huge amount of capital, which is almost 100% guaranteed to happen.

Junk-bond guru Martin Fridson has projected $1.6 trillion of bonds and loans will default. That means three times as many debt issuers will default than in the last recession.

This would have happened already, according to Fridson, but the government has kept interest rates artificially low, making it possible for many at-risk debt-issuers to refinance their debt at a lower interest rate. This delayed an inevitable wave of defaults in the junk-bond industry, but only temporarily. The government can’t keep interest rates low forever. The obvious question is:

Why on Earth did so many people borrow so much money they have no hope of ever repaying?



Related: The Khazarian Bankster Cult That Hijacked The World & Worthless Pieces Of Paper - Interest On Fake Money Is Confiscating Your Freedom

You might assume it stems from a lack of personal responsibility or a decline in moral standards in recent years. As, there is always a segment of society that wants something for nothing. But this doesn’t explain how this problem could grow so large.

The real reason is something quite different: the conclusive corruption of governments and banks.

Because it is impossible to pay off the debts that have been accumulated. Society is fast approaching the point where the government cannot even afford to pay the interest on this debt and that leaves it with one last tool to extend its power over we, the people.


Consumer Society

We have been left with a heavily indebted economy that’s still being fuelled by consumption. The system rewards debtors and punishes savers. It makes long-term capital investments nearly impossible because of economic volatility and financial risks caused by inflation.

Worst of all, the system requires everyone to become a speculator because there’s no other way to safeguard savings.



Related: How Consumerism Is Ruining Our Lives And The World


The Need for Paper Money

What the gold standard would really do would be to ensure a level playing field for all economic actors – borrowers, lenders, and even governments.

That’s why bankers – who are always highly leveraged, media barons – who constantly borrow to buy more properties, and governments – which can never balance their budgets, all hate gold. To maintain their power, they all need paper money. The system and those who profit from it would not survive a transition back to the gold standard.

The little-known reality of a paper money system is that it robs the people of purchasing power.

That means the average person works harder and produces more, but cannot buy as much as he has been used to. Meanwhile, asset prices soar.

The wealthy become wealthier as the value of everything they own becomes inflated along with the currency.



Related: The Fraudulent Monetary System & The Occult Meanings Of Mortgage: Why A Mortgage Is A Pledge To The Dead

This explains why the wealth gap has grown so much since 2000. And it explains why the wealth gap will continue to grow, so long as governments continue their corrupt policies of quantitative easing, corporate bailouts, overspending, and over-taxation.

Simply working harder – or working smarter – isn’t benefiting employees anymore. On the other hand, People who own assets and businesses have seen their wealth soar over the last 40 years.

This system dooms every average worker to poverty and almost guarantees that the rich and powerful will stay that way. And it is this massive gap that is ultimately fuelling today’s problems.


Related Articles:

Inflation: The Most Evil Threat = Governments Robbing Their Citizens

Financial Fraud: Easy Money Corrupts The Monetary System

The Khazarian Bankster Cult That Hijacked The World & Worthless Pieces Of Paper - Interest On Fake Money Is Confiscating Your Freedom

Forgotten History: US Bankers Financing US Enemies - And Why It Is Important Now



Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

How Greece Became A Guinea Pig For A Cashless And Controlled Society
September 25 2022 | From: MintPressNews / Various

As Greece moves closer to becoming a cashless society, it is clear that the country’s attitude towards cash is reckless and dangerous.
The supposed convenience of switching to a cash-free system comes with a great deal of risk, including needless overreach by the state.



Day by day, we’re moving towards a brave new world where every transaction is tracked, every purchase is recorded, the habits and preferences of everyone noted and analyzed. What I am describing is the “cashless society,” where plastic and electronic money are king, while banknotes and coins are abolished.

Related: Soros Insider: Banks Ending Cash To Establish World Government

“Progress” is, after all, deemed to be a great thing. In a recent discussion, I observed on an online message board regarding gentrification in my former neighborhood of residence in Queens, New York, the closure of yet another longtime local business was met by one user with a virtual shrug: “Who needs stores when you have Amazon?”

This last quote is, of course, indicative of the brick-and-mortar store, at least in its familiar form. In December 2016, Amazon launched a checkout-free convenience store in Seattle - largely free of employees, but also free of cash transactions, as purchases are automatically charged to one’s Amazon account.

“Progress” is therefore cast as the abolition of currency, and the elimination of even more jobs, all in the name of technological progress and the “convenience” of saving a few minutes of waiting at the checkout counter.

Still insist on being old-fashioned and stuck behind the times, preferring to visit brick-and-mortar stores and paying in cash? You may very well be a terrorist! Pay for your coffee or your visit to an internet cafe with cash?

Potential terrorist, according to the FBI. Indeed, insisting on paying with cash is, according to the United States Department of Homeland Security, “suspicious and weird.”



Related: S.W.I.F.T. Defies Khazarian Mafia; Gives Board Seat to Russia

The European Union, ever a force for positive change and progress, also seems to agree. The non-elected European Commission’s “Inception Impact Assessment” warns that the anonymity of cash transactions facilitates “money laundering” and “terrorist financing activities.”

This point of view is shared by such economists as the thoroughly discredited proponent of austerity Kenneth Rogoff, Lawrence Summer (a famed deregulator, as well as eulogizer of the “godfather” of austerity Milton Friedman), and supposed anti-austerity crusader Joseph Stiglitz, who told fawning participants at the World Economic Forum in Davos earlier this year that the United States should do away with all currency.

Logically, of course, the next step is to punish law-abiding citizens for the actions of a very small criminal population and for the failures of law enforcement to curb such activities. The EU plans to accomplish this through the exploration of upper limits on cash payments, while it has already taken the step of abolishing the 500-euro banknote.

The International Monetary Fund (IMF), which day after day is busy “saving” economically suffering countries such as Greece, also happens to agree with this brave new worldview. In a working paper titled “The Macroeconomics of De-Cashing,” which the IMF claims does not necessarily represent its official views, the fund nevertheless provides a blueprint with which governments around the world could begin to phase out cash.



Related: New credit card uses biometric fingerprinting to pay

This process would commence with “initial and largely uncontested steps” (such as the phasing out of large-denomination bills or the placement of upper limits on cash transactions). This process would then be furthered largely by the private sector, providing cashless payment options for people’s “convenience,” rather than risk popular objections to policy-led decashing.

The IMF, which certainly has a sterling track record of sticking up for the poor and vulnerable in society, comforts us by saying that these policies should be implemented in ways that would augment “economic and social benefits.”


The IMF’s Greek Experiment in Austerity

These suggestions, which of course the IMF does not necessarily officially agree with, have already begun to be implemented to a significant extent in the IMF debt colony known officially as Greece, where the IMF has been implementing “socially fair and just” austerity policies since 2010, which have resulted, during this period, in a GDP decline of over 25 percent, unemployment levels exceeding 28 percent, repeated cuts to what are now poverty-level salaries and pensions, and a “brain drain” of over 500,000 people - largely young and university-educated - migrating out of Greece.



Protesters against new austerity measures hold a placard depicting Labour Minister George Katrougalos as the movie character Edward Scissorhands during a protest outside Zappeion Hall in Athens, Friday, Sept. 16, 2016. The placard reads in Greek”Katrougalos Scissorhands”

Indeed, it could be said that Greece is being used as a guinea pig not just for a grand neoliberal experiment in both austerity, but de-cashing as well. The examples are many, and they have found fertile ground in a country whose populace remains shell-shocked by eight years of economic depression.

A new law
that came into effect on January 1 incentivizes going cashless by setting a minimum threshold of spending at least 10 percent of one’s income via credit, debit, or prepaid card in order to attain a somewhat higher tax-free threshold.

Beginning July 27, dozens of categories of businesses in Greece will be required to install aptly-acronymized “POS” (point-of-sale) card readers and to accept payments by card. Businesses are also required to post a notice, typically by the entrance or point of sale, stating whether card payments are accepted or not.

Another new piece of legislation
, in effect as of June 1, requires salaries to be paid via direct electronic transfers to bank accounts. Furthermore, cash transactions of over 500 euros have been outlawed.

In Greece, where in the eyes of the state citizens are guilty even if proven innocent, capital controls have been implemented preventing ATM cash withdrawals of over 840 euros every two weeks. These capital controls, in varying forms, have been in place for two years with no end in sight, choking small businesses that are already suffering.



Related: Europe Proposes "Restrictions On Payments In Cash" & How The Cashless Society Will Track You
Everywhere


Citizens have, at various times, been asked to collect every last receipt of their expenditures, in order to prove their income and expenses - otherwise, tax evasion is assumed, just as ownership of a car (even if purchased a decade or two ago) or an apartment (even if inherited) is considered proof of wealth and a “hidden income” that is not being declared.

The “heroic” former Finance Minister Yanis Varoufakis had previously proposed a cap of cash transactions at 50 or 70 euros on Greek islands that are popular tourist destinations, while also putting forth an asinine plan to hire tourists to work as “tax snitches,” reporting businesses that “evade taxes” by not providing receipts even for the smallest transactions.

All of these measures, of course, are for the Greeks’ own good and are in the best interest of the country and its economy, combating supposedly rampant “tax evasion” (while letting the biggest tax evaders off the hook), fighting the “black market” (over selling cheese pies without issuing a receipt, apparently), and of course, nipping “terrorism” in the bud.

As with the previous discussion I observed about Amazon being a satisfactory replacement for the endangered brick-and-mortar business, one learns a lot from observing everyday conversations amongst ordinary citizens. A recent conversation I personally overheard while paying a bill at a public utility revealed just how successful the initial and largely uncontested steps enacted in Greece have been.

In the line ahead of me, an elderly man announced that he was paying his water bill by debit card, “in order to build towards the tax-free threshold.”



Related: The European Union Initiates Cashless Society Project

When it was suggested to him that the true purpose of encouraging cashless payments was to track every transaction, even for a stick of gum, and to transfer all money into the banking system, he and one other elderly gentleman threw a fit, claiming “there is no other way to combat tax evasion.”

The irony that they were paying by card to avoid taxation themselves was lost on them—as is the fact that the otherwise fiscally responsible Germany, whose government never misses an opportunity to lecture the “spendthrift” and “irresponsible” Greeks, has the largest black market in Europe (exceeding 100 billion euros annually), ranks first in Europe in financial fraud, is the eighth-largest tax haven worldwide, and one of the top tax-evading countries in Europe.

Also lost on these otherwise elderly gentlemen was a fact not included in the official propaganda campaign: Germans happen to love their cash, as evidenced by the fierce opposition that met a government plan to outlaw cash payments of 5,000 euros or more.

In addition, about 80 percent of transactions in Germany are still conducted in cash. The German tabloid Bild went as far as to publish an op-ed titled “Hands off our cash” in response to the proposed measure.



Global Powers Jumping on Cashless Bandwagon

Nevertheless, a host of other countries across Europe and worldwide have shunned Germany’s example, instead siding with the IMF and Stiglitz. India, one of the most cash-reliant countries on earth, recently eliminated 86 percent of its currency practically overnight, with the claimed goal, of course, of targeting terrorism and the “black market.”

The real objective of this secretly planned measure, however, was to starve the economy of cash and to drive citizens to electronic payments by default.



Indians stand in line to deposit discontinued notes in a bank in Jammu and Kashmir, India,, Dec. 30, 2016. India yanked most of its currency bills from circulation without warning on Nov. 8, delivering a jolt to the country’s high-performing economy and leaving countless citizens scrambling for cash. (AP/Channi Anand)

Related: Blockchain Payment System - How The Financial World Can Be Saved

Iceland, a country that stands as an admirable example of standing up to the IMF-global banking cartel in terms of its response to the country’s financial meltdown of 2008, nevertheless has long embraced cashlessness.

Practically all transactions
, even the most minute, are conducted electronically, while “progressive” tourists extol the benefits of not being inconvenienced by the many seconds it would take to withdraw funds from an ATM or exchange currency upon arrival.

Oddly enough, Iceland was already largely cashless prior to its financial collapse in 2008 - proving that this move towards “progress” did nothing to prevent an economic meltdown or to stop its perpetrators: the very same banks being entrusted with nearly all of the money supply.

Other examples of cashlessness abound in Europe. Cash transactions in Sweden represent just 3 percent of the national economy, and most banks no longer hold banknotes. Similarly, many Norwegian banks no longer issue cash, while the country’s largest bank, DNB, has called upon the public to cease using cash. Denmark has announced a goal of eliminating banknotes by 2030.

Belgium has introduced a 3,000-euro limit on cash transactions and 93 percent of transactions are cashless. In France, the respective percentage is 92 percent, and cash transactions have been limited to 1,000 euros, just as in Spain.



Related: The War On Cash – One Giant Leap Forward For Government

Outside of Europe, cash is being eliminated even in countries such as Somalia and Kenya, while South Korea - itself no stranger to IMF intervention in its economy - has, similarly to Greece, implemented preferential tax policies for consumers who make payments using cards.

Aside from policy changes, practical everyday examples also exist in abundance. Just try to purchase an airline ticket with cash, for instance. It remains possible - but is also said to raise red flags. In many cases, renting an automobile or booking a hotel room with cash is simply not possible.

The aforementioned Department of Homeland Security manual considers any payment with cash to be “suspicious behavior” - as one clearly has something to hide if they do not wish to be tracked via electronic payment methods. Ownership of gold makes the list of suspicious activities as well.

Just as the irony of Germany being a largely cash-based society while pushing cashless policies in its Greek protectorate is lost on many Greeks, what is lost on seemingly almost everyone is this: something that is new doesn’t necessarily represent progress, nor does something different.

Something that is seemingly easier, or more convenient, is not necessarily progress either. But for many, “technological progress,” just like “scientific innovation” in all its forms and without exception, has attained an aura of infallibility, revered with religious-like fervor.



People queue in front of a bank for an ATM as a man lies on the ground begging for change, in Athens. (AP/Thanassis Stavrakis)

Related: The “Great Reset” Elite Coup: Taking Control By Destroying Cash - Reshaping The Human “Individual”

Combating purported tax evasion is also treated with a religious-like fervor, even while ordinary citizens - such as the two aforementioned gentlemen in Greece - typically seek to minimize their outlays to the tax offices.

Moreover, while such measures essentially enact a collective punishment regardless of guilt or innocence, corporations and oligarchs who utilize tax loopholes and offshore havens go unpunished and are wholly unaffected by a switch to a cashless economy in the supposed battle against tax evasion.

This is evident, for instance, in the case of “LuxLeaks,” which revealed the names of dozens of corporations benefiting from favorable tax rulings and tax avoidance schemes in Luxembourg, one of the original founding members of the EU.

European Commission President Jean-Claude Juncker, formerly the prime minister of Luxembourg, has faced repeated accusations of impeding EU investigations into corporate tax avoidance scandals during his 18-year term as prime minister. Juncker has defended Luxembourg’s tax arrangements as legal.



Related: The Real Reasons Behind Negative Interest Rates And Banning Cash

At the same time, Juncker has shown no qualms in criticizing Apple’s tax avoidance deal in Ireland as “illegal,” while having been accused himself of helping large multinationals such as Amazon and Pepsi avoid taxes. Moreover, he has openly claimed that Greece’s Ottoman roots are responsible for modern-day tax evasion in the country.

He has not hesitated to unabashedly intervene in Greek electoral contests, calling on Greeks to avoid the “wrong outcome” in the January 2015 elections (where the supposedly anti-austerity SYRIZA, which has since proven to be boldly pro-austerity, were elected).

He also urged the Greek electorate to vote “yes” (in favor of more EU-proposed austerity) in the July 2015 referendum - where the overwhelming result in favor of “no” was itself overturned by SYRIZA within a matter of days. In the European Union today, if there’s something that can be counted on, it’s the blatant hypocrisy of its leaders.

Nevertheless, proving that old habits of collaborationism die hard in Greece, the rector of the law school of the state-owned Aristotle University in Thessaloniki awarded Juncker with an honorary doctorate for his contribution to European political and legal values.



Cashless Policies Bode Poorly for the Future

Where does all this lead though? What does a cashless economy actually mean and why are global elites pushing so fervently for it?

Consider the following: in a cashless economy without coins or banknotes, every transaction is tracked. Buying and spending habits are monitored, and it is not unheard of for credit card companies to cancel an individual’s credit or to lower their credit rating based on real or perceived risks ranging from shopping at discount stores to purchasing alcoholic beverages. Indeed, this is understood to be common practice.

Other players are entering the game too: in late May, Google announced plans to track credit and debit card transactions.



Claudia Lombana, PayPal’s shopping specialist, stamps a guest’s passport as he visits the travel section of PayPal’s Cashless Utopia in New York (Victoria Will/AP)

Related: Cashless Crisis: “With Digital Payments, Civilization Comes To An End Until Power Is Restored”

More to the point though, a cashless economy doesn’t just mean that financial institutions, large corporations, or the state itself can monitor all transactions that are occurring. It also means that the entirety of the money supply - itself now existing only in “virtual” form - will belong to the banking system.

Not one cent will exist outside of the banking system, as physical currency will simply not be in circulation. The banking system - and others - will be aware not just of every transaction, but will be in possession of all of our society’s money supply, and will even have the ability to receive a percentage of every transaction that is taking place.

So what happens if your spending habits or your choice of travel destinations raises “red flags”? What happens if you run into hard times economically and miss a few payments? What happens if you are deemed to be a political dissident or liability – perhaps an “enemy of the state”?



Related: Challenges Arise as Sweden is Heading Towards Cashless Society

Freezing a bank account or confiscating funds from accounts can take place almost instantaneously. Users of eBay and PayPal, for instance, are quite aware of the ease with which PayPal can confiscate funds from a user’s account based simply on a claim filed against that individual.

Simply forgetting one’s password to an online account can set off an aggravating flurry of calls in order to prove that your money is your own - and that’s without considering the risks of phishing and of online databases being compromised.

Many responsible credit card holders found that their credit cards were suddenly canceled in the aftermath of the “Great Recession” simply due to perceived risk. And if you happen to be an individual deemed to be “dangerous,” you can be effectively and easily frozen out of the economy.

Those thinking that the “cashless revolution” will also herald the return of old-style bartering and other communal economic schemes might also wish to reconsider that line of thinking. In the United States, for instance, bartering transactions are considered taxable by the Internal Revenue Service.

As more and more economic activity of all sorts takes place online, the tax collector will have an easier time detecting such activity. Thinking of teaching your child to be responsible with finances? That too will have a cost, as even lemonade stands have been targeted for “operating without a permit.” It’s not far-fetched to imagine that particularly overzealous government authorities could also target such activity for “tax evasion.”



Related: The War On Cash & The Politics Of Negative Interest Rates

In Greece, while oligarchs get to shift their money to offshore tax havens without repercussion and former Finance Minister Gikas Hardouvelis has been acquitted for failure to submit a declaration of assets, where major television and radio stations operate with impunity without a valid license while no new players can enter the marketplace and where ordinary households and small businesses are literally being taxed to death, police in August 2016 arrested a father of three with an unemployed spouse for selling donuts without a license and fined him 5,000 euros. In another incident, an elderly man selling roasted chestnuts in Thessaloniki was surrounded by 15 police officers and arrested for operating without a license.

Amidst this blatant hypocrisy, governments and financial institutions love electronic money for another reason, aside from the sheer control that it affords them.

Studies, including one conducted by the American Psychological Association, have shown that paying with plastic (or, by extension, other non-physical forms of payment) encourage greater spending, as the psychological sensation of a loss when making a payment is disconnected from the actual act of purchasing or conducting a transaction.



Related: Financial Times Calls For Abolishing Cash In Order "To Give More Power To Central Banks"

But ultimately, the elephant in the room is whether the banking system even should be entrusted with the entirety of the monetary supply. The past decade has seen the financial collapse of 2008, the crumbling of financial institutions such as Lehman Brothers in the United States and a continent-wide banking crisis in Europe, which was the true objective behind the “bailouts” of countries such as Greece - saving European and American banks exposed to “toxic” bonds from these nations.

Italy’s banking system is currently teetering on dangerous ground, while the Greek banking system, already recapitalized three times since the onset of the country’s economic crisis, may need yet another taxpayer-funded recapitalization. Even the virtual elimination of cash in Iceland did not prevent the country’s banking meltdown in 2008.

Should we entrust the entirety of the money supply to these institutions? What happens if the banking system experiences another systemic failure? Who do you trust more: yourself or institutions that have proven to be wholly irresponsible and unaccountable in their actions?

The answer to that question should help guide the debate as to whether society should go cashless.


Related Articles:

COVID-19 And The War On Cash: What Is Behind The Push For A Cashless Society? & Will COVID-19 Break Our Cash Habit?

Financial Fraud: Easy Money Corrupts The Monetary System

The Khazarian Bankster Cult That Hijacked The World & Worthless Pieces Of Paper - Interest On Fake Money Is Confiscating Your Freedom

Babylonian Money Magic & How Modern "Commercial Law" Is Based On Ancient Babylonian Codes



Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi
The Crown Of England Is Owned And Operated By The Vatican
September 24 2022 | From: OmniThought / Various

The Vatican is one of the most powerful corporations in the world. It is powerful because it controls the Crown of England and nearly every church in the world, especially Catholic churches.



Furthermore, the Vatican operates under Roman law and controls most of the Western courts and some Eastern courts.

Related: What / Who Is "The Crown"?

In the USA today, nearly every U.S. court is controlled by the Crown Temple, a corporation controlled by the Vatican. This is why there is always a Crown agent in the courtroom during a trial. Any country that has Crown agents running its legal system is controlled by the Vatican / Rome to a large degree.

This means that the United States, Canada, United Kingdom, Australia, New Zealand, and “countries” that are operating under the Western legal system are all Roman “colonies”.

The Vatican is a religious corporation run by religious leaders who are loyal to the Roman Empire. In other words, Rome still rules the world! It rules the world through the Crown of England, the Roman Catholic Church and the Vatican.



Related: Pope Francis: Is He Obsessed With The Devil?

They did not call it the ROMAN Catholic Church for no reason. It is right in your face and hidden in plain sight!

According to an article published by BBC.com, there are an estimated 1.2 billion Roman Catholics in the world. This means that the Vatican/Rome has about 1.2 billion “citizens”, or more accurately slaves.

Because nearly every Christian church is controlled by the Vatican to a certain degree, the Vatican/Rome has more than 1.2 billion slaves to exploit and sell. Do you innerstand now why Rome still rules the world?



Related: The Top Of The Pyramid: The Rothschilds, The Vatican And The British Crown Rule World


The Crown is Owned and Operated by the Roman Cult, and Has Been Since 1213

The Definitive Treaty of Peace of 1783 says that King George was the Arch Treasurer and Prince Elector of the Holy Roman Empire and the United States of America.

This video goes through how the Roman Cult orchestrated the slave trade, then the War of Independence, then the War of 1812, then the Civil War, then WW1, WW2, and now they are building up to WW3 [which will not take place].

All warfare is commerce, and all commerce is warfare. All fictitious entities operate under Roman Law.

www.sovereigntyinternational.fyi | www.sovereigntyinternational.wordpress.com

Comment: As is often the case, these Christian researchers are very good at research - but you'll need to excuse the religious ranting...







Related: Articles:

Timeline of the Great Fraud, by Judge Anna Von Reitz

Notre Dame Cathedral Burning False Flag, Complicity Of Pope, Organized By Macron, Merkel, & May, Goal Of Saving EU & Central Banks

Subjects and Serfs of the Lesser Gods (Part I)

Coronavirus Traced To The British Crown & World-Famous Celebrity Makes Shocking Statement About The Flu

The Vatican Is A Criminal Hornets’ Nest

The Occult Symbolism Of The Vatican’s 2020 Nativity Scene

The Luciferian Vatican Empire Is Imploding & As Many As 8 Million Children Are Kidnapped And Trafficked Into Sex Slavery Every Year By Global Pedophile Networks – Of Which Many Politicians Are Members

The Vatican Has Paid Nearly $4 Billion To Settle For Children Harmed By Sexual Abuse


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Are Elite Controllers A Fantasy? Read This
September 23 2022 | From: JonRappoport / Various

We rarely get a chance to see a smoking gun that proves elite controllers are running the show from behind the curtain. That’s why there is a curtain.



So I’m republishing a conversation between two members of the Rockefeller Trilateral Commission (TC) and a US reporter.

Related: Combating The Elite Rulers Divide And Conquer Tactics

First, a bit of background:

In 1969, four years before birthing the TC with David Rockefeller, Zbigniew Brzezinski wrote:


“[The] nation state as a fundamental unit of man’s organized life has ceased to be the principal creative force.

International banks and multinational corporations are acting and planning in terms that are far in advance of the political concepts of the nation state.”

Goodbye, separate nations.

Any doubt on the question of TC goals is answered by David Rockefeller himself, the founder of the TC, in his Memoirs (2003):


“Some even believe we are part of a secret cabal working against the best interests of the United States, characterizing my family and me as ‘internationalists’ and of conspiring with others around the world to build a more integrated global political and economic structure—one world, if you will. If that is the charge, I stand guilty, and I am proud of it.”



Related: More Than Half Of Young Europeans Say They Would Join An “Uprising” Against The Elite: Europe’s Youth Don’t Care To Vote - But They’re Ready To Join A Mass Revolt

Who is in charge of destroying national economies, in order to create a new international order?

Who keeps pushing new economy-destroying trade treaties?

Who demands that these treaties must be ratified?

Who is in the business of killing jobs and hope?

Who demands that more US jobs disappear overseas and never come back?

The Trilateral Commission (TC).



Related: The Round Table: The Hub Of The CFR, Trilateral Commission, RIIA, Club Of Rome, Bilderberg Group And The UN

The original stated goal of the TC was to create “a new international economic order.”

Here is a stunning piece of forgotten history, a 1978 conversation between a US reporter and two members of the Trilateral Commission. (Source: “Trilateralism: The Trilateral Commission and Elite Planning for World Management”, ed. by Holly Sklar, 1980, South End Press, Pages 192-3).

The conversation was public knowledge at the time. Anyone who was anyone in Washington politics, in media, in think-tanks, had access to it. Understood its meaning.

But no one shouted from the rooftops. No one used the conversation to force a scandal. No one protested loudly.

The conversation revealed that the entire basis of the US Constitution had been torpedoed, that the people who were running US national policy (which includes trade treaties) were agents of an elite shadow group. No question about it.

And yet: official silence. Media silence. The Dept. of Justice made no moves, Congress undertook no serious inquiries, and the President, Jimmy Carter, issued no statements.



Related: 10 Signs The Global Elite Are Losing Control

Carter was himself an agent of the Trilateral Commission in the White House.

He had been plucked from obscurity by David Rockefeller, and through elite TC press connections, vaulted into the spotlight as a pre-eminent choice for the Presidency.

The 1978 conversation featured reporter, Jeremiah Novak, and two Trilateral Commission members, Karl Kaiser and Richard Cooper. The interview took up the issue of who exactly, during President Carter’s administration, was formulating US economic and political policy.

The careless and off-hand attitude of Trilateralists Kaiser and Cooper is astonishing. It’s as if they’re saying, “What we’re revealing is already out in the open, it’s too late to do anything about it, why are you so worked up, we’ve already won…”

Here we go:


Novak (the reporter): Is it true that a private [Trilateral committee] led by Henry Owen of the US and made up of [Trilateral] representatives of the US, UK, West Germany, Japan, France and the EEC is coordinating the economic and political policies of the Trilateral countries [which would include the US]?

Cooper:
Yes, they have met three times.

Novak: Yet, in your recent paper you state that this committee should remain informal because to formalize ‘this function might well prove offensive to some of the Trilateral and other countries which do not take part.’ Who are you afraid of?

Kaiser: Many countries in Europe would resent the dominant role that West Germany plays at these [Trilateral] meetings.

Cooper: Many people still live in a world of separate nations, and they would resent such coordination [of policy].

Novak: But this [Trilateral] committee is essential to your whole policy. How can you keep it a secret or fail to try to get popular support [for its decisions on how Trilateral member nations will conduct their economic and political policies]?

Cooper: Well, I guess it’s the press’ job to publicize it.

Novak: Yes, but why doesn’t President Carter come out with it and tell the American people that [US] economic and political power is being coordinated by a [Trilateral] committee made up of Henry Owen and six others? After all, if [US] policy is being made on a multinational level, the people should know.

Cooper: President Carter and Secretary of State Vance have constantly alluded to this in their speeches. [a lie]

Kaiser: It just hasn’t become an issue.

This interview slipped under the mainstream media radar, which is to say, it was buried.

US economic and political policy run by a committee of the Trilateral Commission - the Commission had been created in 1973 by David Rockefeller and his sidekick, Zbigniew Brzezinski.

When Carter won the presidential election, his aide, Hamilton Jordan, said that if after the inauguration, Cy Vance and Brzezinski came on board as secretary of state and national security adviser, “We’ve lost. And I’ll quit.” Lost - because both men were powerful members of the Trilateral Commission and their appointment to key positions would signal a surrender of White House control to the Commission.



Related: Pope Francis: World Government Must Rule U.S. ‘For Their Own Good’ & Pope Francis Declares He Fears Trump And Losing Control Of The New World Order

Vance and Brzezinski were appointed secretary of state and national security adviser, as Jordan feared. But he didn’t quit. He became Carter’s chief of staff.

Now consider the vast propaganda efforts of the past 40 years, on so many levels, to install the idea that all nations and peoples of the world are a single Collective.

From a very high level of political and economic power, this propaganda op has had the objective of grooming the population for a planet that is one coagulated mass, run and managed by one force. A central engine of that force is the Trilateral Commission.

How does a shadowy group like the TC accomplish its goal?

One basic strategy is: destabilize nations; ruin their economies; ratify trade treaties that effectively send millions and millions of manufacturing jobs off to places where virtual slave labor does the work; adding insult to injury, export the cheap products of those slave-factories back to the nations who lost the jobs and undercut their domestic manufacturers, forcing them to close their doors and fire still more employees.

Related:
More Confessions Of An Economic Hit Man: "This Time, They’re Coming For Your Democracy"



Related: How A Secretive Elite Created The EU To Build A World Government

And then solve that economic chaos by bringing order.

What kind of order?

Eventually, one planet, with national borders erased, under one management system, with a planned global economy, “to restore stability,” “for the good of all, for lasting harmony.”

If you were a young ambitious reporter for The New York Times, if you read this astonishing Trilateral interview, wouldn’t you go to your editor and demand to be put on the story?

Wouldn’t you want to dig deep and find out more details and names? Wouldn’t you want to blow the whole, yes, conspiracy, wide open? Wouldn’t you want readers to know the truth about who is running their country from behind the scenes?



Related: The Power Elite’s Plans For You

Well, yes, you might. But if you did, and if you wouldn’t back down after your editor told you to forget about it, you would end up with no job, and eventually you would be covering picnics for some small-town newspaper.

With the rise of independent media, however, reporters don’t need to worry about Sunday picnics.

The truth suffices.

With the rise of independent media, reporters know some of their stories will be linked and forwarded all over the world, and people with curiosity and intelligence and alert minds will discover the truth that major media have been hiding from them.

Hiding, for decades.


Related Articles:

Brave New World And Individual Power & How The Elite Dominate The World: They Buy Politicians, And Incumbents Almost Always Win

Pulitzer Prize-Winning CNN Journalist Busted For Fabricating Fake News, Resigns From CNN + Google Gestapo Goes Full Nazi Against Independent Media - Hiding “Controversial Content” And “Redirecting” Searches


World’s Elite Try To Wipe Out All Knowledge And Use Of Natural Cures, While They Privately Use Them For Their Own Longevity

“Order Out Of Chaos”: How The Elite’s Plans Were Foretold In Popular Culture

Welcome To The Elite Apocalypse

Is The Globalist "Reset" Failing? The Elites May Have Overplayed Their Hand

Hollywood Is Dying, And The Elites Don’t Care

Cancer, Cancer Everywhere... But Not In The Elite's Presidential Suites

The Twenty One Goals Of The Illuminati And The Committee Of 300 + The Sides Are Being Drawn Up Now

An Illustrated History Of The House Of Rothschild: 1743 - 2006 & The Illuminati Grand Plan

Former Defense Minister: Illuminati Is Real & Secretly Running World

NWO Control System Vs. The Awakening - Which Will Win?



Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi
If You Limit ANY Free Speech, This Is What You Get
September 22 2022 | From: ActivistPost / Various

The law originally targeted the KKK. Now it has been used to arrest people protesting against white supremacists. And that is why free speech is so important.



Plenty of people would love to see new laws to stop white supremacists from exercising their–albeit offensive–free speech.

Related: Political Correctness Threatens Free Speech

But as this 1951 law demonstrates, the law as it is intended is not always how it is applied.


"
Faced with hundreds of demonstrators rallying against a crowd of neo-Nazis in Newnan, local and state authorities turned to a little-known Georgia law adopted in 1951 to combat the Ku Klux Klan.

The law, which makes it illegal to wear a mask at most public events, was cited in several of the arrests of counterdemonstrators who joined a protest Saturday against white supremacists.

And the irony was not lost upon the organizers of the counterdemonstration, who were fuming Sunday that a law aimed at weakening white supremacists was used to arrest protesters who opposed a neo-Nazi rally.

There are so many problems with this law. Why are masks not protected forms of expression? What about hats, hoods, and sunglasses? At what point do those fit the definition of a mask?



Related: If The Prime Minister Doesn't Understand Her 'Hate Speech' Law, How Are Kiwis Supposed To? + The New Zealand Constitution And Political Duplicity - Shush Be Quiet!

Ironically, police routinely wear gas masks and face-covering riot helmets at these kinds of events.

Apparently, the law doesn’t apply to them. But that is fitting since most laws don’t apply to the people who enforce them.

Have you ever threatened to shoot someone with a rifle because they had a mask on? Me neither. Police are a different breed.

"A video posted on social media by freelance journalist Daniel Shular appeared to show authorities scuffling with counterdemonstrators. Authorities demanded that the counterprotesters remove their masks, and the footage showed an officer raising his rifle at demonstrators.”

This is another good reminder that police will enforce any law handed down on high from politicians - even dead politicians who passed the law in 1951. The only actual violence at the rally was committed by police, in the name of the law.

But free speech, the very First Amendment in the blueprint for this country’s government, is not so important to law enforcement.

Police have no problem throwing people to the ground, handcuffing them, using pepper spray, billy clubs, and aiming deadly weapons at peaceful protesters because they wear a piece of cloth obscuring their faces.



Related: Ardern Intent On Smashing Free Speech

And any other anti-free speech laws will be enforced with equal vigor.

Hate speech. Offensive displays. Fake news. Laws aimed at combating these will absolutely limit free speech. Maybe, maybe, at first they will only be used against the neo-Nazis and the white supremacists, just like this anti-mask law was at first only used against the KKK.

But it is only a matter of time until innocent people find themselves in the crosshairs of these freedom crushing laws.


"State law bans the wearing of masks, hoods or other devices that conceal a person’s identity if they’re on public property or on private property where the owner has not consented. It includes exceptions for holidays, theatrical productions, civil emergencies and sporting events.

The laws have been adopted by about a dozen states, most aimed at weakening the KKK in the middle of the 20th century. The Georgia Supreme Court in 1990 upheld the state’s ban after a Klansman donned a hood on the Lawrenceville Square, citing his First Amendment rights."

This is just one of many laws in the arsenal of the police state. There are enough laws that you can be arrested for basically anything. It gives an official appearance to entirely arbitrary policing. You can be arrested on any officer’s whim, and then he will be able to find an excuse.

Other counter-protesters were arrested for “resisting arrest,” a classic joke of a charge. How can you be charged with only resisting arrest? It means there was no reason for them to be arresting you, and only once they illegally tried to arrest you did you commit a crime.



Related: Silencing Free Speech

If common law reigned supreme, where attacking someone is always wrong, these police would not have the protection of the State to shield their violent actions.

A blot of ink on a 70-year-old piece of paper would not protect these cops from charges that they threw people to the ground without provocation, that they chained and kidnapped people, that they aimed loaded guns at people who had done nothing aggressive or threatening.

Make no mistake, ANY anti-free speech law will be used against innocent, non-violent, peaceful people. And the Western police states will enforce those laws on its victims with glee.


Related Articles:

Google, Tech Giants Threaten To Shut Down ‘Free Speech’ Social Site & Reason: It’s Time To Rein In
Warrantless Domestic Spying Before It’s Too Late

The US Is Now The Ultimate Police State: US Detains Journalist For Exercising Free Speech

Gestapo In The USA: FCC Intimidates Press And Kills Free Speech At 5G Rollout

The Emergence Of Orwellian Newspeak And The Death Of Free Speech

The Origins Of Political Correctness

Tyranny And Free Speech

Incredible: Professor’s Defense Of Free Speech Leaves Regressive Leftist Literally Speechless

Hanne Herland Explains How Universities Became Globalist New Left Propaganda Tools And Enemies Of Free Speech

Act Leader David Seymour: Kiwis Need To Resist An 'Orwellian Future' & Zuckerberg Complains About FCC’s Lack Of Free Speech Regulations - Wants More Silencing Of Voices, But Especially Conservative Voices

Eliminating Free Speech The Smart Way

Julian Assange On The War On Free Speech: “Everyone Else Must Take My Place” & Julian Assange Is Guilty Only Of Revealing The Evil Soul Of US Imperialism

So, Who Guards The Guardians? & The Enemies Of Free Speech Have Seized The Moment

Mainstream Media Assaults On Freedom Of Speech: “The Truth” Is No Longer “Important” & Google: Time To Kill Free Speech

Coronavirus: New Zealand's Dangerous Political Vacuum & Health Experts Feel Censored Over Alternative Lockdown Plan



Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

What Will It Finally Take For Everyone To Realise That “It” Is All A “Con”
September 21 2022 [Amended archival original from 2017] | From: LTS

William Tompkins likes to say throughout his interviews that “everything you’re told is a lie”.



He claims that many of the systems and sciences we pursue, such as astronomy, medicine, etc., have been seeded with lies to trick us.

Related: Yesterday’s Conspiracy Theory Is Today’s News + Spies Tell Lies, Spying Is Lying & Wikileaks Says Less Than 1% Of Vault 7 Released

I have spent the better part of a week trying to think of a better way to approach my writing. Forgive me if I have come to the conclusion that most of what I say is not really “getting” through to people!


"It just does not seem like anything I say is making a “dent”….

And, for those of my dedicated readers and followers who decided to read it… We have this quote from William Tompkins!



Related: Secret Space Program Disclosure: Founders Of Solar Warden SSP With William Tompkins


"Tompkins: Everything You’re Told is a Lie

William Tompkins likes to say throughout his interviews that “everything you’re told is a lie”. He claims that many of the systems and sciences we pursue, such as astronomy, medicine, etc., have been seeded with lies to trick us.

This harks back to his claim that every government on Earth right now is under Reptilian control. Whether that turns out to be true or not remains to be seen, but certainly, so much deception has already been uncovered in so many areas of life that it is wisest to remain open to this possibility."


How many times have I said myself that same thing: Everything You’re Told is a Lie

You see, what we have now, and are experiencing is extreme cognitive dissonance, where the minds and brains of most human beings just can not process that ALL of it’s “programs” are faulty!

This is what the LUCIFERIANS have done to humanity. It is “they” who gave you your “beliefs”, and they who gave you your “truths” (which were lies), and they who are running the show even now. So, when somone finally comes out and tells you the REAL TRUTH, it is so huge that it is difficult to even know where to start changing things.

They gave us their “courts”, (Laws), they gave us their “religions” (beliefs), they gave us their “systems” (Governments), and let me once again state exactly what you need to hear - The Truth.

All of it is a lie. It’s a CON GAME of epic and monumental proportions, and you, (yes, even you) have been “conned” all of your life. Here is the difficulty with this: We have been trained (yes trained) just like dogs and cats, to be OBEDIANT, to what we were “told” were the rules.



Related: Why You Really Really Should Disobey

Only these rules were not made in heaven as we thought, but were made in HELL instead. These rules were not GODS rules, but man’s rules! (And the worlds governments are STILL AT IT, and making crazy and insane rules which NO ONE wants to follow)

Just ask yourself this logical question…, and be very honest!

WHY do you suppose there is a plan on the drawing board to KILL 90 percent of humanity?

The answer is clear. “They” realize that the population is waking up from the CON, and they also realize that once that happens, they will have lost positive control of the surface humanity.

Now, before I continue, guys like me are ALWAYS condemned by the readers for pointing out the problem, but offering no solutions. Here, I will offer suggestions to make a difference. You, and everyone one else who you are in contact with, must make the “decision” that you will no longer play or participate in their evil game.

This means:

Taking any and every action you can to be “in defiance” of their rules, their cons, and their “systems”

We need to become the resistance

We need to stop consenting to every single thing we are told we need to do, and start OBJECTING


When India was fighting for it’s Independence from Great Britian, tens of thousands of workers and men simply stopped particpating and consenting! Even if they were beaten, they stopped consenting, and that is how they won their freedom.

This battle will not be won without COURAGE, and if you think it can, then by all means, see if being a coward gets you anything, but a first class seat in a FEMA camp.



Related: Same Media That Once Deemed Chemtrails A Conspiracy Theory Now Openly Promotes Chemtrailing The Entire Planet To “End Climate Change” & Global Geoengineering (Chemtrails) Experiment Pushed By Bill Gates Also Funded By Nazi-Linked Alfred P. Sloan Foundation, Linked To Eugenics And Depopulation

Now, for those who don’t know me, and think I’m joking or have not done my reasearch, or am talking off the top of my head, here are several articles written by: Anna von Reitz, (posted on the Maine Republic) which spell out and show you the extent of the GREAT CON in fine details.


So You Want Solutions?

Well, how about this? The court system is messed up because it has been turned into a giant debt collection agency run by the creditors of the Federal Government and its “State of State” franchises.

The rest of the story is that they are collecting on fraudulent debts - debts that:

1) Don’t exist for the most part - and that:

2) Aren’t your debts


Moreover, these courts are being run as quasi-military tribunals in military districts, under the pretense that the “American Civil War” was ever an actual war.

It wasn’t. It was never Declared by the actual Congress and no Peace Treaty ending it exists, either. It was and is nothing but an illegal commercial mercenary operation on our shores that has been enforced and promoted by disloyal military commanders and criminals in Congress and clueless Presidents.

So, given the fact that these “courts” are foreign military tribunals here on our soil as the result of an illegal and immoral commercial mercenary action now 150 years old - and that they are collecting on debts that are odious and fraudulent by nature.



Related: The Court That Rules The World

And given the fact that Donald Trump is now the “Commander in Chief” and able to order the District Commanders to shut these so-called courts down and reopen the courts we are owed….

Why not light a firecracker up Commander-in-Chief Trump’s rump and suggest that he do so, post haste? Tell him that Judge Anna can show him precisely how and when this system got set up and how it has been abused, and what his power is with respect to ending the hideous mockery that “stands for” a court system in this country right now.


The Financial Curse

Banks create money out of thin air.

Banks are thought of as deposit taking institutions that lend money. The legal reality is that banks don’t take deposits and banks don’t lend money.




Confirmed - Loans & Mortgages Are Created Out Of Thin Air By The Banks








A deposit is not actually a deposit. It’s not a bailment. It’s not held in custody. At law the word “deposit” is meaningless.

The law courts and various judgments have made it very clear that if you “give” your money to a bank, even though it’s called a “deposit”, this money is simply a loan to the bank.

So there is no such thing as a deposit. It is a loan to the bank. So banks borrow their money from the public.

“Surely they are lending money?” you say. Not at all. Banks don’t “lend” money.

Banks - again at law it’s very clear - they are in the business of purchasing “securities”. That’s it.

So you say, “I want a loan.”

Fine. Here is the loan contract. Here is the “offer letter”, and you sign it. At law, it is very clear that you have issued a “security”, namely a “promissory note”, and the bank is going to purchase that “promissory note / security”.

That’s what’s happening. What the bank is doing, is very different from what it presents to the public that it’s doing.

But, you say, “So the bank purchases my promissory note, but how do I get my money?”

The bank will then say, “You will find it in your account with us.” That would be technically correct.

If they say, “We’ll transfer it to your account”, that would be wrong because no money is transferred at all, from anywhere, inside the bank, or outside the bank.

Why? Because what we call a “deposit” is simply the bank’s record of its debt to the public. Now the bank also owes you money, and the bank’s “record” of the money it owes you is what you think you’re getting as money.

That’s all it is. And that is how the banks create the money supply. The money supply consists of 97% of bank deposits, and these are created out of nothing by the banks when they “lend”, because they invent fictitious so-called customer “deposits”.

Why? The bank simply restates - a slightly incorrect accounting term - what is an “accounts payable liability” arising from the loan contract, having purchased your “promissory note” as a customer deposit, but nobody has deposited any money.

I wonder how the FDIC deals with this because in the financial sector you’re not supposed to mislead your customers.

In such a case, you loan (“give”) the bank the title to your collateral via your signed “promissory note / security” and the bank monetizes this by selling it to the non-federal Federal Reserve Bank to get the money the bank loans (“gives back”) to you disguised as a loan.

In other words, you “give” the bank your “signature” via you “promissory note / security” which the bank then monetizes via the non-federal Federal Reserve Bank, and the bank gives you back the value of your signature as a so-called “loan”.

We are on a “promissory note” standard, instead of a “gold” money standard.

If you don’t pay the money that the bank gives you back to the bank, plus interest, the bank then takes your stuff ! (It really doesn’t want you to repay the so-called loan; it would simply rather just take your stuff).


150 Years of British Criminality – The Very Short Version

We are Third Party Beneficiaries with respect to the National Trust created in the Preamble and are indemnified in the British system under two Royal Sovereign Seals - the seal of King George the III with respect to the delegated powers, and the seal of William Belcher with respect to the undelegated powers, otherwise known as the Great Seal of the United States.



Related: The British East India Company: The Drug Company of the Venetian Black Nobility

William Belcher inherited his sovereignty as a result of the Norman Conquest of Britain and Wales. Thus, the Definitive Treaty of Peace, Paris, 1783, calls George III the “prince of the United States” and does not mention who the actual Head of State - the “king” of the United States - was. Later generations simply presumed it was the British Monarch, with results disastrous to them and to us.

This split of delegated and undelegated powers held by two sovereigns in international jurisdiction ultimately resulted in the situation we have today, where the delegated powers are held by the British-backed United States and the undelegated powers are held by the “states and people” under the Belcher Seal and operated by the United States of America by default.

The misunderstanding about our states (and also, therefore, our state offices) comes about because people don’t grasp the difference between the international jurisdiction of the sea and the national jurisdiction of the land.

Everything discussed above, including the National Trust established by the Preamble, exists only in the international jurisdiction of the sea and has nothing to do with our sovereignty on the land.



We have all been taught to focus on the Constitution but that is substantially a red herring in that it discusses only our position with respect to the foreign international jurisdiction and says nothing about our own sovereign domain.

This can be excused in that our land jurisdiction was never the subject of The Constitution, so why would the Founders talk about that? We were expected to know the basis of our own sovereignty on the land, just as we were expected to know the history and protect our own Common Law Courts from British meddling.

Two centuries later, the situation speaks for itself.

As to our sovereignty on the land which vests itself in our nations called “states” for international purposes, that sovereignty derives from entirely different authorities and specifically begins with a land grant and settlement made by the King of Spain via (yet another) Treaty of Paris in 1778.



Related: What is Sovereignty?

The situation was that the British King was financing both sides of the Revolution to hedge his bets - he emerged the victor to a greater or lesser extent, either way.

The King of France was intermediary funneling funds to the Americans. The King of Spain, however, had grudges against both the King of Britain and the King of France - and he was in charge of the land jurisdiction worldwide, thanks to the claims of the Holy See and its “dispensations” under the Unam Sanctum Trust.

So while the Americans were concluding their treaty with France to secure what most of them believed was French support for the American Revolution, the King of Spain quietly granted the entire continent (absent Spain’s holdings of course) to the rebels via the “other” Treaty of Paris, 1778.

If they could win the war, the land was already vouchsafed to them - and as of 1778, it was available to them to use as collateral to borrow against internationally.

This is how the Americans financed their loans from the French King who was actually acting as a pass-through agent for King George III. They wagered their claim to the land given to them by the Spanish King and used it as collateral.



Related: A Discourse On The Little-Known History Of The Global Banking System

If George III had won the ground war, he would have won the whole shooting match; as it was, he emerged with a tidy debt owed by the Americans and a great deal of leverage, which he used to secure the delegated powers granted to him and his proxy government in DC.

The land claim passed from the Spanish King to the colonies, which in the years immediately following the end of open hostilities with Britain (1783-1789) undertook a number of inter-colony initiatives to settle the land jurisdiction claims.

This all focused on settling the national borders of the separate nation-states, establishing trade relationships, currencies, treaties with respect to international commercial issues, taxation, interstate travel, security of the international Post Roads and Post Offices, and similar concerns.

As for the basic grant of land jurisdiction, they issued another trust known as The Supreme Republican Declaration of the United Colonies, grandfathering in the original thirteen colonies as a union of land jurisdiction states, and claiming all the rest of the land jurisdiction for themselves and their progeny subject to later arrangements and acquisitions.

The later arrangements were solidified by the Northwest Ordinance which provided for the orderly creation and inclusion of territories and from the territories the creation of new nation-states which would be enabled to enter the union under the Equal Footing Doctrine.



The inclusion of “other acquisitions” such as the Louisiana Purchase and the Republic of Texas and the Spanish Settlement followed the same basic pattern of establishing a form of territorial government and later, upon enrollment in the original union, a separate state government.

Throughout this discussion we are talking about geographically defined nations and their body politics simply called, “California” or “Wisconsin” or “Ohio”.

References in law books to these states always use the style “states”- no capitalization whatsoever. These are the sovereign states from which our sovereignty on the land of this continent derives. These states are nations in the fullest sense of the word, just like Britain or France.


They are completely different and separate from any “State of __________”, and in fact, the word “of” means “separate from, apart from, or belonging to”, so “State of Delaware” is talking about what? The international corporation used by the actual state known as Delaware and its people to operate in international commerce.

In trade, Delaware needs no “State of _________” to conduct business within its own borders or with other unincorporated sovereign states and nations. It is only when it wishes to engage in incorporated business transactions with the other nation-states, like the State of California, or with other countries like France, that it needs to use an incorporated “State of ___________”.

And therein lies the rub.

Each state retains its right to conduct trade within its borders and also retains the right to trade with other sovereign nations; it uses a “State of _________” corporation to operate in international commerce outside its borders— and the proxy “Federal Government” run by the British Monarch has delegated control of international commerce. This control is exercised by operating all incorporated businesses in all states as franchises of the United States, Inc.

So now you know the difference between the actual land jurisdiction sovereign state and the fact that each one is, in fact, a separate nation, an entire country unto itself, plus you know what the “State of _________” entity is and what it is used for and who controls it and why.

None of the states operated in international commerce until after the Civil War. At that time, The United States of America, Inc. was formed, and the original states were forced to write new “state constitutions”.

Under these new constitutions (all constitutions are debt agreements) the corporation used by the actual sovereign state was obliged to operate under names styled like this: California State, Wyoming State, Florida State.

Meanwhile, the name “State of California” and “State of Wyoming”, etc. was “adopted” by totally different entities under new ownership.

This switch and the use of the same old names applied to different corporate entities led up to the greatest fraud in human history. The “State of Illinois” prior to the Civil War was an entirely different beastie and under completely different ownership that the “State of Illinois” after the Civil War and the same pattern applies across the whole country.



There is a state constitution prior to the Civil War and a new state constitution after the Civil War.

Fast forward again to the 1930’s. FDR is working as liaison for the United States, Inc. at the Geneva Conventions, May, 1930.

As a business ploy, the G-5 nations agree by private treaty to bankrupt their “international corporations” and discharge all debts left over from the First World War.

Three years later, Roosevelt, now elected President of the United States, carries through and by sleight of hand and deceptive wordsmithing, sets up a constructive fraud by which the California State, Illinois State, and other land jurisdiction corporations are “assumed” to be sureties standing good for the debts of the United States, Inc. even though they are owned and operated by the United States of America, Inc.



Related: The British Empire Is Un-Masked, But Desperate

This isn’t a corporate take-over. It’s just plain old commercial fraud in which false claims are made against the assets of a Third Party and false assumptions then lead to that innocent victim being charged for the debt via a process of commercial liens and titles and hypothecation of debt.

The American states and people were raped, pillaged, and plundered by the United States, Inc. and the British Crown from 1930 to 1999, when all debts of the bankruptcy of the United States of America were discharged and settled and our “States” doing business as “California State” and “Wisconsin State” were left derelict and adrift, mere shells - and in exactly the same condition as a man recovering from bankruptcy.

All this was accomplished in Breach of Trust and Commercial Contract by the British Monarch and the British Government operating under color of law on our land, pretending to be our friends, allies, and protectors.



Related: The Crown Of England Is Owned And Operated By The Vatican

As a result of their vicious fraud our State corporations were left in financial ruin, but like a man recovering from bankruptcy, not dead.The vermin responsible for palming off their odious debts on us have tried by every means to “finish us off” in the intervening years, without success.

All this history is necessary for you to know before I can answer your “simple” question about the oaths of office owed to our actual States.

The “vacated offices” that we are occupying belong to the land jurisdiction state and are operated as offices of the formerly bankrupted “Alaska State”, “California State” and so on. These offices were “vacated” during the long bankruptcy and so far as the vermin responsible for this circumstance are concerned, it was never anticipated that they would be re-occupied by the states and the people they belong to.

During the bankruptcy, these States were operated by “State of State Legislatures” functioning as Bankruptcy Trustees - corporate con artists overseeing the rape and the pillaging, but nonetheless “representing” the state in the position of Trustees.



These legislatures operating in that capacity continued to pass “Session Laws” to administer the affairs of the victims. Thus, for example, we have Session Laws that establish the “California State” under a new “state constitution” in 1879, and we have Session Laws established for the bankrupt entity throughout the bankruptcy.

It is via the circa 1870’s “constitutions” creating the Wisconsin State, Louisiana State and so on, that we maintain a chain of title and succession of contract back to the original Constitution and are enabled to enforce it.

It is via the Session Laws related to the “second” state constitutions that we obtain the offices and the oaths.

All land jurisdiction offices are exercised under red ink. Business signatures are in script in Upper and Lower Case.

All land jurisdiction transactions are understood to be in trade, not commerce, and are not under the control of the United States.


Our business as State officials and State Citizens is all conducted under unincorporated business structures locally (hence the need for all state and county assemblies to operate as unincorporated businesses) and under undelegated powers internationally - note the red Post Marks.



Related: Lawful And Legal: Why You Need To Know What They Mean + It Is All A Word Game: Why “Persons” Are Not Real

All commerce is exercised in blue ink. Commercial signatures of “Account Holders” are in script in Upper and Lower Case. All sea jurisdiction transactions entered into by US PERSONS are understood to be in commerce. You are considered to be acting as a US PERSON if you retain such a PERSON.

You surrender these PERSONS via surrendering the BC to the Secretary of the Treasury and appoint him your Fiduciary and credit the United States of America, U.S. Treasury, without recourse.

That settles the issue of whether you are operating as a State Citizen or a US Citizen.

This entire history from the Civil War to date is nothing but a nasty scam designed by the British to bilk their Creditors and palm off their debts on innocent Third Parties, but once you have the history and the names nailed down, it gets easier to comprehend.


Conclusion

So when guys like myself, start writing and asking for the rest of humanity to “please wake up”, it isn’t just some joke or some opinion we are espousing. Humanity has until now been SLEEP WALKING into it’s own grave, and was for quite some time!

The trouble with trying to do this job is that we are not only up against the Satanists and the Luciferians, but are also up against very well meaning men and women who, have “taken the bait” and swallowed the new CON of the New Age.

In the new Con of the New Age, there are countless real spiritual “teaching” which have been “bastardiszed” into something they are not. The true and real meaning has been flipped or inverted so that it does NOT mean what it was supposed to mean.

The biggest of which is very simply this: Don't focus on negative things: a teaching, which the NEW AGE has bastardized into a very strange teaching which good men and women have come to believe means that you don’t even acknowledge real and truthful “information” about what is happening in the world if it can be catagorized as negative.



Related: Orwell’s 1984 No Longer Reads Like Fiction - It’s The Reality Of Our Times & The Propaganda Ministry Known As “The Free Press”

(You should just ignore it or LOOK AWAY instead)

This is the height of ABSURDITY, and, as David Icke points out, INFORMATION is neither negative or positive, it is just information (or knowledge).

KNOWLEDGE IS NOT A BAD THING


And it happens to be a fundament requirement in order to make progress.

No problem can ever be solved if you don’t “know” what the problem is or how it is being created, or even better who is doing it. And it's not just the Cabal causing problems, we also have the 'New Agers' and their channeled entities!

As David Icke says in the Title of one of his books: HUMANITY, GET OFF YOUR KNEES. Get off your knees and QUESTION EVERYTHING! There are no authority figures that you need to “obey".

The only real and true authority is the prime creator. There is only ONE AUTHORITY in this Universe, and no one on Earth represents him, not the Queen, nor the Pope, nor the Jesuits, nor the Police, nor the Governments, NOT ANYONE.

What will it really take for us to become free? Courage - nothing more, nothing less. We won't get out of this mess by ignoring it.

Related: The Importance Being Awake


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi
Who Runs The World? BlackRock And Vanguard
September 20 2022 | From: LewRockwell / Various

If you’ve been wondering how the world economy has been hijacked and humanity has been kidnapped by a completely bogus narrative, look no further than this video by Dutch creator, Covid Lie.



What she uncovers is that the stock of the world’s largest corporations are owned by the same institutional investors. They all own each other.

Related: What 'The Great Reset' Architects Don't Want You To Understand About Economics

This means that “competing” brands, like Coke and Pepsi aren’t really competitors, at all, since their stock is owned by exactly the same investment companies, investment funds, insurance companies, banks and in some cases, governments.

This is the case, across all industries. As she says: The smaller investors are owned by larger investors. Those are owned by even bigger investors. The visible top of this pyramid shows only two companies whose names we have often seen…

They are Vanguard and BlackRock.


The power of these two companies is beyond your imagination. Not only do they own a large part of the stocks of nearly all big companies but also the stocks of the investors in those companies. This gives them a complete monopoly.

A Bloomberg report states that both these companies in the year 2028, together will have investments in the amount of 20 trillion dollars.That means that they will own almost everything.

Bloomberg calls BlackRock “The fourth branch of government”, because it’s the only private agency that closely works with the central banks. BlackRock lends money to the central bank but it’s also the advisor.

It also develops the software the central bank uses. Many BlackRock employees were in the White House with Bush and Obama.


Who Runs The World? Blackrock And Vanguard




Related:
The Forecaster

Its CEO, Larry Fink can count on a warm welcome from leaders and politicians. Not so strange, if you know that he is the front man of the ruling company but Larry Fink does not pull the strings himself.

BlackRock, itself is also owned by shareholders. Who are those shareholders? We come to a strange conclusion. The biggest shareholder is Vanguard. But now he gets murky. [See this as referenced below if you want to see just how murky it gets NZ International Ownership of New Zealand Banks]

Vanguard is a private company and we cannot see who the shareholders are. The elite who own Vanguard apparently do not like being in the spotlight but of course they cannot hide from who is willing to dig.

Reports from Oxfam and Bloomberg say that 1% of the world, together owns more money than the other 99%. Even worse, Oxfam says that 82% of all earned money in 2017 went to this 1%.

In other words, these two investment companies, Vanguard and BlackRock hold a monopoly in all industries in the world and they, in turn are owned by the richest families in the world, some of whom are royalty and who have been very rich since before the Industrial Revolution.

Related: Mainstream Media Insults The Public's Intelligence On Vaccines & Vaccinated Vs. Unvaccinated Pilot Study: Early Vaccination Sees Exponential Increase In Chronic Disorders + Lies, Vaccines And The New Zealand Media

Why doesn’t everybody know this? Why aren’t there movies and documentaries about this? Why isn’t it in the news? Because 90% of the international media is owned by nine media conglomerates.

Covid Lie asks;


"Who sponsors the organization and press agencies that produce our news? With Project Syndicate, we see the Bill and Melinda Gates Foundation, the Open Society Foundation and the European Journalism Centre.

The organizations that bring the news get paid by non-profit organizations, of the same elite that also owns the entire media but also a part of taxpayers money is used to pay them.”

Or, as George Carlin said, "It’s a small club and you ain’t in it."

So when Lynn Forester de Rothschild wants the United States to be a one-party country (like China) and doesn’t want voter ID laws passed in the US, so that more election fraud can be perpetrated to achieve that end,what does she do?

She holds a conference call with the world’s top 100 CEOs and tells them to publicly decry as “Jim Crow” Georgia’s passing of an anti-corruption law and she orders her dutiful CEOs to boycott the State of Georgia, like we saw with Coca-Cola and Major League Baseball and even Hollywood star, Will Smith. In this conference call, we see shades of the Great Reset, Agenda 2030, the New World Order.

The UN wants to make sure, as does Schwab that in 2030, poverty, hunger, pollution and disease no longer plague the Earth.



Related: The ‘Great Reset’: A Technocratic Agenda That Waited Years For A Global Crisis To Exploit & Globalists Will Need Another Crisis As Their Reset Agenda Fails

To achieve this, the UN wants taxes from Western countries to be split by the mega corporations of the elite to create a brand new society. For this project, the UN says we need a world government – namely the UN, itself.

And it is clear that the “pandemic” was orchestrated in order to bring this about. This video does an incredible job of explaining how it is all being done.


Transcript

As you are watching millions fall into poverty because of the corona measures of the past year, even if the greatest economic crisis in history has not affected you yet, it will only be a matter of time until the rippling effects will hit you, as well

This is not fear-mongering but it’s a harsh reality. I also think we might mitigate the damage and may even do better, provided we are informed correctly about our situation.

This is why I would like to show you a few facts you can easily check facts that are of crucial importance.



Related: Japanification Stalks New Zealand Debt That’s 37% Owned by RBNZ

Less than a handful of big corporations dominate every aspect of our lives. That may seem exaggerated but from the breakfast we eat to the mattress we sleep on and everything we wear and consume in between is largely dependent on these corporations.

Those are huge investment companies that determine the course of money flow. They are the main characters of the play that we are witnessing. I know your time is valuable, so I summarize the most important data.

How does it work?


The Food Industry

Let’s take Pepsico as an example. It is the parent company of many soda companies and snack companies. The so-called competitive brands are from factories from a few corporations who monopolize the entire industry.

In the packaged food industry, there are a few big companies, like Unilever, the Coca-Cola Company, Mondelez and Nestlé.

In the picture, you see that most brands in the food industry belong to one of these corporations. The big companies are on the stock market and have the big shareholders in the board of directors.

On sources like Yahoo Finance, we can see detailed company info, such as who the biggest shareholders actually are. Let’s take Pepsico again, as an example.

We see about 72% of stock is owned by no less than 3,155 institutional investors. These are investment companies, investment funds, insurance companies, banks and in some cases, governments.

Who are the biggest institutional investors of Pepsico? As you can see, only 10 of the investors own together nearly one third of the stock.



Related: GE Food Venture: Chronically Dependent On Deception

The top 10 of investors together amount to a value of $59 billion dollars but out of those ten, only three own more stock than the other seven. Let’s remember them and look up who owns the most stocks of the Coca-Cola Company, the biggest competitor of Pepsi.

The biggest lump of stock is again owned by institutional investors. Let’s look at the top 10 and start at the bottom six of them. Four of these institutional investors we also saw at the bottom six of Pepsico.

These are Northern Trust, JPMorgan-Chase, Geode Capital Management and Wellington Management. Now, let’s look at the four biggest stock owners.

They are BlackRock, Vanguard and State Street. These are the world’s biggest investment firms, so Pepsico and Coca-Cola are not competitors, at all.

The other big companies that own a myriad of brand names, like Unilever, Mondelez and Nestlé are from the same small group of investors. But it’s not only in the food industry that their names come up. Let’s find out on Wikipedia, which are the biggest tech companies.



Related: Toxic Food Is Killing Humanity: One-Fifth Of Global Deaths Now Linked To Processed Junk Food And Toxic Ingredient


Big Tech

Facebook is the owner of Whatsapp and Instagram. Together with Twitter, they form the most popular social media platforms.

Alphabet is the parent of all Google companies, like YouTube and Gmail but they are also the biggest investor in Android, one of the two operating systems for nearly all smartphones and tablets.

The other operating system is Apple’s IOS. If we add Microsoft, we see four companies making the software for nearly all computers, tablets and smartphones in the world.

Let’s see who are the biggest shareholders of these companies. Take Facebook: we see that 80% of the stock is owned by institutional investors.

These are the same names that came up in the food industry; the same investors are in the top three. Next, is Twitter. It forms with Facebook and Instagram the top three.



Related: The Surveillance State: How To Disappear & It’s Why Big Tech Is Watching You: How You Spend Your Money Reveals Parts Of Your Personality, And Vice Versa

Surprisingly, this company is in the hands of the same investors, as well. We see them again, with Apple and even with their biggest competitor, Microsoft.

Also, if we look at other big companies in the tech industry that develop and make our computers, TVs, phones and home appliances, we see the same big investors, that together own the majority of the stock.

It’s true for all industries. I’m not exaggerating.


The Travel Industry (And Energy & Mining)

One last example, let’s book a holiday on a computer or smartphone. We search for a flight to a sunny country on Skyscanner or Expedia.

Both are from the same small group of investors. We fly with one of the many airlines. Many of which are in the hands of the same investors and of governments, as is the case with Air France, KLM.

The plane we board is, in most cases a Boeing or an Airbus, also owned by the same names. We book through Booking.com or AirBnB and when we arrive we go out for dinner and place a comment on Tripadvisor.

The same big investors show up in every aspect of our trip and their power is even bigger, because of the kerosene is from their oil companies or refineries.

The steel from which the plane is made comes from their mining companies. This small group of investment firms and funds and banks are namely also the biggest investors in the industry that dig for raw materials.



Related: Elon Musk Just Exposed The Oil Oligarchy’s Control Over Mainstream Media In Epic Rant

Wikipedia shows that the biggest mining companies have the same big investors that we see everywhere.

Also, the big agricultural businesses, on which the entire food industry depends; they own Bayer, the parent company of Monsanto, the biggest seed producer in the world but they are also the shareholders of the big textile industry.

And even many popular fashion brands who make the clothing out of the cotton are owned by the same investors. Whether we look at the world’s biggest solar panel companies or oil refineries, the stocks are in the hands of the same companies.

They own the tobacco companies that produce all the popular tobacco brands but they also own all big pharmaceutical companies and the scientific institutions that produce medicine.

They own the companies that produce our metals and also the entire car, plane and weapons industry, where a great deal of the metals and raw materials are used.

They own the companies that build our electronics, they own the big warehouses and online markets and even the means of payments we use to buy their products.



Related: The Carbonaro Effect: Magician Reveals How Fake News Media Indoctrinates The Gullible Masses With Junk Science

To make this video as short as possible, I only showed you the tip of the iceberg.

If you decide to research this with the sources I just showed you, then you will see that most popular insurance companies, banks, construction companies, telephone companies restaurant chains and cosmetics are owned by the same institutional investors we have just seen.

Blackrock & Vanguard

These institutional investors are mainly investment firms banks and insurance companies. In turn, they, themselves are owned by shareholders and the most surprising thing is that they own each other’s stocks

Together, they form an immense network comparable to a pyramid. The smaller investors are owned by larger investors. Those are owned by even bigger investors.

The visible top of this pyramid shows only two companies whose names we have often seen by now. They are Vanguard and BlackRock.

The power of these two companies is beyond your imagination. Not only do they own a large part of the stocks of nearly all big companies but also the stocks of the investors in those companies. This gives them a complete monopoly.

A Bloomberg report states that both these companies in the year 2028, together will have investments in the amount of 20 trillion dollars. That means that they will own almost anything.



Related: BlackRock & Vanguard: International Ownership of New Zealand Banks

Bloomberg calls BlackRock “The fourth branch of government”, because it’s the only private agency that closely works with the central banks. BlackRock lends money to the central bank but it’s also the advisor.

It also develops the software the central bank uses. Many BlackRock employees were in the White House with Bush and Obama. Its CEO, Larry Fink can count on a warm welcome from leaders and politicians.

Not so strange, if you know that he is the front man of the ruling company. But Larry Fink does not pull the strings, himself. 

BlackRock, itself is also owned by shareholders. Who are those shareholders? We come to a strange conclusion. The biggest shareholder is Vanguard. But now he gets murky.

Vanguard is a private company and we cannot see who the shareholders are. The elite who own Vanguard apparently do not like being in the spotlight but of course they cannot hide from who is willing to dig.

Reports from Oxfam and Bloomberg say that 1% of the world, together owns more money than the other 99%. Even worse, Oxfam says that 82% of all earned money in 2017 went to this 1%.




Insider Economist Reveals COVID-19 Cashless Society Takeover Plan

Alex Jones is joined by banking industry expert Catherine Austin Fitts, who explains how the aim of the global financial structure is to merge the worst aspects of crony capitalism with communism in a neo-feudalistic model of financial dictatorship.





Related: COVID-19 And The War On Cash: What Is Behind The Push For A Cashless Society? & Will COVID-19 Break Our Cash Habit?


Forbes, the most famous business magazine says that in March 2020, there were 2,095 billionaires in the world. This means that Vanguard is owned by the richest families in the world.

If we research their history, we see that they have always been the wealthiest. Some of them, even before the start of the Industrial Revolution, because their history is so interesting and extensive, I will make a sequel.

For now, I just want to say that these families of whom many are in royalty are the founders of our banking system and of every industry in the world, these families have never lost power but due to an increasing population, they had to hide behind firms, like Vanguard, which the stockholders are the private funds and non-profits of these families.


NGOs and Foundations and Their Ownership of Big Pharma

To clarify the picture, I have to explain briefly what non-profits actually are.

These appear to be the link between companies, politics and media. This conceals the conflicts of interests a bit.

Non-profits, also called “foundations” are dependent on  donations they do not have to disclose who their donors are they can invest the money in the way they see fit and do not pay taxes as long as the profits are invested again in new projects.

In this way, non-profits keep hundreds of billions of dollars among themselves according to the Australian government, non-profits are an ideal way of financing terrorists and of massive money-laundering.

The foundations and funds of the families that are the richest stay in the background as much as possible. For issues that get much attention, the foundation of philanthropists are used that are lower in rank but very rich.



Related: The Drugs May Be The Problem - Inconvenient Truths About Big Pharma And The Psychiatric Industry + Psychologist Speaks Out: Psychiatry Is Misleading Public About Mental Disorders

I want to keep it short, so I will show you the three most important ones that connect all industries in the world.

They are the Bill and Melinda Gates Foundation, the Open Society Foundation of the controversial multi-billionaire, Soros and the Clinton Foundation. I will give you a very short introduction to show you their power.

According to the website of the World Economic Forum, the Gates Foundation is the biggest sponsor of the WHO. That was after Donald Trump quit USA financial support to the WHO in 2020.

So the Gates Foundation is one of the most influential entities in everything that concerns our health. The Gates Foundation works closely with the biggest pharma companies, among which are Pfizer, AstraZeneca, Johnson & Johnson, Biontech and Bayer.

And we have just seen who their biggest shareholders are. Bill Gates was not a poor computer nerd who miraculously became very rich. He’s from a philanthropist’s family that works for the absolute elite.

His Microsoft is owned by Vanguard, BlackRock and Berkshire Hathaway. But the Gates Foundation, after BlackRock and Vanguard is the biggest shareholder in Berkshire Hathaway. He was even the member of the board there.

We would need hours if we wanted to uncover everything in which Gates, the Open Society Foundation of Soros and the Clinton Foundation are involved. They form a bridge to the current situation, so I had to introduce them.



Related: Bill Gates, HR6666, Remdesivir, Deaths In Italy + Trump Lays Groundwork To Ban Mandatory Vaccinations Across U.S.


The Mainstream Media

We need to start the next topic with a question. Someone like me, who never makes videos can, with an old laptop objectively show that only two companies hold a monopoly in all industries in the world. My question is, why is this never talked about in the media?

We can choose daily between all sorts of documentaries and TV programs but none of them cover this subject.

Is it not interesting enough or are there other interests at play? Wikipedia, again gives us the answer. They say that about 90% of the international media is owned by nine media conglomerates.

Whether we take the monopolist Netflix and Amazon Prime or enormous concerns that own many daughter companies, like Time-Warner, the Walt Disney Company, Comcast, Fox Corporation, Bertelsmann and Viacom, CBS, we see that the same names own stocks.

These corporations not only make all the programs, movies and documentaries but also own the channels on which those are broadcast. So, not only the industries but also the information is owned by the elite.



Related: After Decades Of Brainwashing, MSM & Governments Are Losing Control Of The People

I will show you briefly how this works in the Netherlands. To start with, all the Dutch mainstream media are owned by three companies. The first one is De PersGroep [DPG Media], the parent company of the following brands (Apart from the many newspapers and magazines, they also own Sanoma, the parent company of some of the big commercial Dutch channels. Many media outlets from abroad, like VTM are also owned by the De PersGroep.)

The second one is Mediahuis, one of Europe’s biggest media concerns. In the Netherlands, Mediahuis owns the following brands. Until 2017, also Sky Radio and Radio Veronica were owned by Mediahuis, as were Radio 538 and radio 10.

And then there is Bertelsmann, which is one of the 9 biggest media firms. This company owns RTL, that owns 45 television stations and 32 radio stations in 11 countries. But Bertelsmann is also co-owner of the world’s biggest book publisher, Penguin Random House.

The stocks of these companies are owned by private funds of three families. Those are the Belgian Van Thillo family, the Belgian Leysen family and the German Bertelsmann-Mohn family. All three families sided with the Nazis in the War.

According to Wikipedia, for this reason, the Telegraaf, the Leysen newspaper was temporarily forbidden in the Netherlands after the war.



Related: The Large Families That Rule The World


The Fake News

To complete this overview, look at where the news comes from. The daily news of all these media outlets the diverse news media do not produce news. They use information and footage from the press agencies, APN and Reuters.

These agencies are not independent. APN is owned by Talpa, John de Mol. Thomson-Reuters is owned by the powerful Canadian Thomson family.

The most important journalists and editors working for these agencies are members of a journalism agency, like the European Journalism Centre.

These are one of the biggest European sponsors of media-related projects. They educate journalists, publish study books, provide training spaces and press agencies and work closely together with the big corporations, Google and Facebook.

For journalistic analysis and views, the big media use Project Syndicate. This is the most powerful organization in the field. Project Syndicate and organizations like I mentioned are together with the press agencies.

The link between all worldwide media outlets when news anchors reap from their autocues [teleprompters], chances are that the text stems from one of these organizations. That is the reason that worldwide media shows synchronicity in their reporting.



Related: ‘Cultural Schizophrenia’: Media Shift To Feelings Over Facts Tearing US [West] Apart & You Are Being Bombarded By Fake News, Fake News “Filters,” Fake People, Fake Food, And Fake Medicine

And look at the European journalism center, itself. Again, the Gates Foundation and the Open Society Foundation. They are also heavily-sponsored by Facebook, Google, the Ministry of Education and Science and the Ministry of Foreign Affairs.

Who sponsors the organization and press agencies that produce our news? With Project Syndicate, we see the Bill and Melinda Gates Foundation, the Open Society Foundation and the European Journalism Centre.

The organizations that bring the news get paid by non-profit organizations, of the same elite that also owns the entire media but also a part of taxpayers money is used to pay them.

In Belgium, there are protests regularly, since Mediahuis and De Persgroep receive millions of euros from the government, while many are abroad…


The Danger We Are in Now

Well, this was a lot to chew on and I tried to make it as short as I could. I only used examples that I thought were necessary to create a clear overview. This helps to better understand our current situation, that can shed new light on past events

There will be enough time to dive into the past, but now let’s talk about today but my goal is to inform you about the danger we are in now.



Related: “Order Out Of Chaos”: How The Elite’s Plans Were Foretold In Popular Culture

The elite governs every aspect of our lives, also, the information we get and they depend on a coordination, cooperation to connect all industries in the world to serve their interests. This is done through the World Economic Forum, among others, a very important organization.

Every year in Davos, the CEOs of big corporations meet national leaders, politicians and other influential parties, like UNICEF and Greenpeace.

On the supervisory board of the WEF is former Vice President, Al Gore, our own minister, Sigrid Kaag, Feike Sijbesma, Chairman of the Royal Dutch State Mines and the Commissioner of the Dutch bank, Christine Lagarde, the Chairwoman of the European Central Bank. Also, politician, Ferdinand Grapperhaus’ son works for the WEF.

Wikipedia says that the annual fee for members is 35,000 euros “but over half of our budget comes from partners who pay the cost for politicians who otherwise could not afford membership.”

According to critics, the WEF is for rich businesses to do business with other businesses or with politicians. For most members, the WEF would support personal gain instead of being a means to solve the world’s problems.

Why would there be many world problems if the industry leaders, bankers and politicians from 1971 onwards have gathered every year to solve the world’s problems?



Related: The Federal Reserve And The Bank Of England Financed The 3rd Reich + International Red Cross Report Confirms The Holocaust Of Six Million Jews Is A Hoax

Isn’t it illogical, that after 50 years of meetings between environmentalists and the CEOs of the most polluting companies, nature is gradually doing worse, not better; that those critics are right, it’s clear, when we look at the main partners that together make up more than half of the budget of the WEF.

Because these are BlackRock, the Open Society foundation, the Bill and Melinda Gates Foundation and many big companies, from which Vanguard and BlackRock own the stocks.

Chairman and founder of the WEF is Klaus Schwab, a Swiss professor and businessman. In his book, The Great Reset, he writes about the plans of his organization.

The coronavirus is, according to him a great “opportunity” to reset our societies. He calls it “Build Back Better”. The slogan is now on the lips of all Globalist politicians in the world.

Our old society must switch to a new one, says Schwab. The people own nothing but work for the state to have their primary needs met. The WEF says it’s necessary for the consumption society the elite forced upon us is not sustainable anymore.

Schwab says in his book that we will never return to the old normal and the WEF published a video recently to make clear that by 2030, we will own nothing but we will be happy.



Related: The Purpose of the Federal Reserve Banking System


The Great Reset = The New World Order

You probably heard of the New World Order. The media wants us to believe that this is a conspiracy theory, yet it has been talked about by leaders for decades.

Not just George Bush Senior, Bill Clinton and Nelson Mandela but also world-famous philanthropists, like Cecil Rhodes, David Rockefeller, Henry Kissinger and even George Soros.

The UN presented in 2015 their controversial Agenda 2030. It is almost identical to the Great Reset of Klaus Schwab. The UN wants to make sure, as does Schwab that in 2030, poverty, hunger, pollution and disease no longer plague the Earth.

Sounds nice but wait till you read the small print. The plan is that Agenda 2030 will be paid by us, the citizens. Just like they ask of us now to give away our rights for public health, they will ask us to give away our wealth to battle poverty.

These are no conspiracy theories. It is on their official website. It comes down to this: The UN wants taxes from Western countries to be split by the mega corporations of the elite to create a brand new society.


Related: The Superiority Of Multipolar World Order Is Now Undeniable

The new infrastructure, because fossil fuels are gone in 2030. 

For this project, the UN says we need a world government, namely the UN, itself.

The UN agrees with Schwab that a pandemic is a golden chance to accelerate the implementation of Agenda 2030.

It is worrisome that the WEF and the UN openly admit that pandemics and other catastrophes can be used to reshape society. We must not think lightly about this and do thorough research.


Related Articles:

These Are The World's Richest Families

Meet The Mastermind Behind JPMorgan's Gold And Silver Manipulation "Crime Ring"

Working together to be ‘on the money’

Central Banks Are Private Corporations That Keep Countries in Debt Slavery Michael Tellinger

The Crash of 1929

Australia Is A Full Scale Pilot Test For The New World Order & The Totalitarian Future Globalists Want For The Entire World Is Being Revealed

Here’s How Industry-Funded “Research” Is Making Us Sick And Fat + Like Tobacco And Big Pharma, The Sugar Industry Has Manipulated Research For 50 Years

Cancer Industry Not Looking For A Cure; They’re Too Busy Making Money & Same Amazon.Com That Banned Cancer Cure Documentaries Now All In With Big Pharma’s Toxic Cancer “Treatments” Via Its New “Go Gold” Astroturfing Campaign

Fauci Knew About HCQ In 2005 - Nobody Needed To Die & Criminal Big Pharma Put In Charge Of COVID-19 Vaccine

1899 Merck Manual Shows Natural And Food - Based Medicine Once Reigned Supreme + The Healing Web

An Invisible Form Of Oppression: Our Food System

France's Macron Just Gave Away The Plot With His Outside Voice

Shock Therapy: How Austerity and Privatisation Destroy Nations

Relentless Digitalization: Is a Cashless Economy a Real Threat to Privacy and Civil Liberties?

Great Debasement

One-World Currency Included In The "Endgame" Reset

The Money Devaluers

Knowing the Truth ends your Debt Slavery

The Georgia Gold Rush

The Global Inflation Nightmare That You Have Been Warned About Is Here

Money Can Buy Happiness After All

Precursor To The Global Crime Syndicate: The 19th-Century Opium Trade

Massive Lawsuit Announced to Challenge Private Federal Reserve Secrecy

Visualizing The Richest Families In America

City of London Corporation Ltd.

The Digital Financial Complex: Central Bank Digital Currencies, The End of All Democracy?

Mounting Debts, Bankruptcies, Inflation, Mass Unemployment: The Financial Establishment Promotes “Economic Nonsense” and Incoherent Analysis


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi
Degeneracy And Fundamentalism Of Western Media Control & Truth In Media
September 19 2022 | From: InformationClearingHouse / 21stCenturyMewsWire / IseMedia

There is nothing sadder and more pathetic, than a notorious liar shouting, spitting saliva, insulting normal people left and right, while terrorizing those who are telling the truth.



Lately, the West has gone clearly berserk. The more it is scared of losing control over the brains of billions of people in all corners of the world, the more aggressively it is screaming, kicking and making a fool of itself.

Related:
James O’Keefe’s Forthcoming Book ‘American Pravda’ Set To Take On Mainstream Narratives And Expose The Truth

It doesn’t even hide its intentions, anymore. The intentions are clear: to destroy all of its opponents, be they in Russia, China, Iran or in any other patriotic and independent-minded state.

To silence all the media outlets that are speaking the truth; not the truth as it is defined in London, Washington, Paris or Berlin, but the truth as it is perceived in Moscow, Beijing, Caracas or Teheran; the truth that simply serves the people, not the fake, pseudo-truth fabricated in order to uphold the supremacy of the Western Empire.

Huge funds are now being allocated for the mortal propaganda onslaught, originating predominantly in both London and Washington.

Millions of pounds and dollars have been allocated and spent, officially and openly, in order to ‘counter’ the voices of Russian, Chinese, Arab, Iranian and Latin American people; voices that are finally reaching ‘the Others’ – the desolate inhabitants of the ‘global south’, the dwellers of the colonies and neo-colonies; the modern-day slaves living in the ‘client’ states.




Related: The Mandate To Overthrow Mainstream News

The mask is falling down and the gangrenous face of Western propaganda is being exposed. It is awful, frightening, but at least it is what it is, for everyone to see.

No more suspense, no surprises. It is all suddenly out in the open. It is frightening but honest. This is our world. This is how low our humanity has sunk. This is the so-called world order, or more precisely, neo-colonialism.

The West knows how to slaughter millions, and it knows how to manipulate masses. Its propaganda has always been tough (and repeated a thousand times, not unlike corporate advertisements or the WWII fascist indoctrination campaigns) when it originates in the United States, or brilliantly Machiavellian and lethally effective when coming from the United Kingdom.

Let us never forget: the U.K. has been murdering and enslaving hundreds of millions of innocent and much more advanced human beings, for many long centuries and all over the world.

Due to its talent in brainwashing and manipulating the masses, Great Britain has been getting away with countless genocides, robberies and even managing to convince the world that it should be respected and allowed to retain both a moral mandate and the seat at the U.N. Security Council.



Related: Four Words: Weapons Of Media Lies & When Corporate Power Is Your Real Government, Corporate Media Is State Media

The Western regime knows how to lie, shamelessly but professionally, and above all, perpetually. There are thousands of lies piling up on top of each other, delivered with perfect upper-class ‘educated’ accents: lies about Salisbury, about Communism, Russia, China, Iran, Venezuela, Cuba, North Korea, Syria, Yugoslavia, Rwanda, South Africa, Libya, refugees. There are lies about the past, present and even about the future.

Nobody is laughing, seeing such imperialist thugs like the U.K. and France preaching, all over the world and with straight face, about both freedom and human rights. Not laughing, yet. But many are slowly getting outraged.

People in the Middle East, Africa, Asia and Latin America are beginning to realize that they have been fooled, cheated, lied to; that the so called ‘education’ and ‘information’ coming from the West have been nothing else other than shameless indoctrination campaigns.

For years I worked on all continents, compiling stories and testimonies about the crimes of imperialism, and about the awakening of the world, ‘summarized’ in my 840-page book: “Exposing Lies Of The Empire”.

Millions can now see, for the first time, that media outlets such as BBC, DW, CNN, Voice of America, Radio Free Europe/Radio Liberty, have been encoding them mercilessly and thoroughly, for years and decades.





The “Dangerous to Our Democracy” Viral Video and its Hypocritical Media Coverage







Reuters, AP, AFP and several other Western press agencies, have managed to create a uniformed narrative for the entire planet, with local newspapers everywhere in the world now publishing identical fabrications that originate from Washington, London, Paris and other Western capitals.

Totally false pictures about such important subjects as the Soviet Union, Communism, China, but also freedom and democracy, have been engraved into billions of human brains.

The main reason for the opening of the eyes of people of the world which is still oppressed by Western imperialism, is, the relentless work of media outlets such as the Russian-based New Eastern Outlook (NEO), RT and Sputnik, as China-based CGTN, China Radio International and China Daily, Venezuela-based TeleSur, Lebanese Al-Mayadeen, and Iranian Press TV.

Of course, there are many other proud and determined anti-imperialist media outlets in various parts of the world, but the above-mentioned ones are the most important vehicles of the counter-propaganda coming from the countries that fought for their freedom and simply refused to be conquered, colonized, prostituted and brainwashed by the West.



Related: Startling Evidence Indicates Funded Propaganda Campaign Responsible For War On Fake News

One mighty anti-imperialist coalition of truly independent states has been forming and solidifying. It is now inspiring billions of oppressed human beings everywhere on Earth, giving them hope, promising a better, optimistic and just future. Standing at the vanguard of many positive changes and expectations is the ‘new media’.

And the West is watching, horrified, desperate and increasingly vitriolic. It is willing to destroy, to kill and to crush, just in order to stop this wave of ‘dangerous optimism’ and strive for true independence and freedom.

There are now constant attacks against the new media of the free world. In the West, RT is being threatened with expulsion, brilliant and increasingly popular New Eastern Outlook (NEO) came just recently under vicious cyber-attack from, most likely, professional Western hackers.

TeleSur is periodically crippled by sanctions shamefully unleashed against Venezuela, and the same banditry is targeting Iranian Press TV.

You see, the West may be responsible for billions of ruined lives everywhere in the world, but it is still faces no sanctions, no punitive actions.



Related: A Primer For The Propagandized: Fear Is The Mind-Killer & Whistleblower: Newspaper Industry Chiefs Criminally Negligent Over Covid Scaremongering

While countries like Russia, Iran, China, Cuba, DPRK or Venezuela have to ‘face consequences’ mainly in the form of embargos, sanctions, propaganda, direct intimidation, even military bullying, simply for refusing to accept the insane Western global dictatorship, and for choosing their own form of the government and political as well as economic system.

The West simply doesn’t seem to be able to tolerate dissent. It requires full and unconditional obedience, an absolute submission. It acts as both religious fundamentalist and a global thug. And to make things worse, its citizens appear to be so programmed or so indifferent or both, that they are not capable of comprehending what their countries and their ‘culture’ are doing to the rest of the world.

When being interviewed, I am often asked: “is the world facing real danger of WWIII?”

I always reply “yes”. It is because it appears that both North America and Europe are unable to stop forcing the world into obedience and to virtual slavery. They appear to be unwilling to accept any rational and democratic arrangement on our Planet. Would they sacrifice one, tens or hundreds of millions of human beings, just in order to retain control over the universe? Definitely they would!

They already have, on several occasions, without thinking twice, with no regret and no mercy.



Related: A Masterclass In Propaganda & Transgressing The Logic Of The New Tyrannical Normal

The gamble of the Western fundamentalists is that the rest of the world is so much more decent and much less brutal, that it could not stomach yet another war, another carnage, another bloodbath; that it rather surrenders, rather gives up all its dreams for a much better future, instead of fighting and defending itself against what increasingly appears to be an inevitable Western military attack.

Such calculations and ‘hopes’ of the Western fanatics are false. Countries that are now being confronted and intimidated are well aware what to expect if they give up and surrender to Western insanity and imperialist designs.

People know, they remember what it is like to be enslaved.

Russia under Yeltsin, collapsed, being plundered by Western corporations, being spat at, in the face, by the European and North American governments; its life expectancy dropped to sub-Saharan African levels.

China survived unimaginable agony of “humiliation period’, being ransacked, plundered and divided by French, British and the U.S. invaders.

Iran robbed of its legitimate and socialist government, having to live under a sadistic maniac, the Western puppet, the Shah.



Related: Mainstream Media Achieve Historic Milestone + Trust This: New Zealanders Don't Trust MPs, Bloggers, The Media

The entire ‘Latin’ America, with its open veins, with ruined culture, with Western religion forced down its throat; with literally all democratically-elected socialist and Communist governments and leaders either overthrown, or directly murdered, or at least manipulated out of power by Washington and its lackeys.

North Korea, survivor of a beastly genocide against its civilians, committed by the U.S. and its allies in the so-called Korean War.

Vietnam and Laos, raped and humiliated by the French, and then bombed to the stone ages by the U.S. and its allies.

South Africa… East Timor… Cambodia…

There are living carcasses, decomposing horrid wrecks, left after the Western deadly ‘liberating’ embraces: Libya and Iraq, Afghanistan and Honduras, Indonesia and the Democratic Republic of Congo, to name just a few. These are serving as warnings to those who still have some illusions left about the Western ‘good will’ and spirit of justice!

Syria… Oh Syria! Just look what the West has done to a proud and beautiful country which refused to fall on its knees and lick Washington’s and London’s feet. But also, look how strong, how determined those who truly love their country can be.



Related: Mainstream Media Manipulation / Controlling The Narrative + Mosaic Of Facts: Inside The Information
War


Against all odds, Syria stood up, it fought foreign-backed terrorists, and it won, surrounded and supported by the great internationalist coalition!

The West thought it was triggering yet another Libyan scenario, but instead, it encountered an iron fist, nerves of steel, another Stalingrad. Fascism was identified, confronted and stopped. At an enormous cost, but stopped!

The entire Middle East is watching. The entire world is watching.

People now see and they remember. They are beginning to remember clearly what happened to them. They are starting to understand. They are emboldened. They clearly comprehend that slavery is not the only way to live their lives.

The Anti-Western or more precisely, anti-imperialist coalition is now solid like steel. Because it is one great coalition of victims, of people who know what rape is and what plunder is, and what thorough destruction is.

They know precisely what is administered by the self-proclaimed champions of freedom and democracy – by the Western cultural and economic fundamentalism.

This coalition of independent and proud nations is here to protect itself, to protect each other, as well as the rest of the world.



Related: How To Stop The Media From Controlling Your Mind + Why The ‘Red Pill’ Has Become So Big

It will never surrender, never back up. Because the people have spoken and they are sending clear messages to their leaders:


“Never again! Do not capitulate. Do not yield to the Western intimidations. We will fight if attacked. And we will stand, proudly, on our own feet, no matter what, no matter what brutal force we have to face.

Never on our knees, comrades! We will never again fall to our knees in front of those who are spreading terror!”

And the media in these wonderful countries that are resisting Western imperialism and terror is spreading countless optimistic and brave messages.

And the Western establishing is watching and shaking and soiling its pants.

It knows the end of its brutal rule over the world is approaching. It knows those days of impunity are ending. It knows the world will soon judge the West, for the centuries of crimes it has been committing against humanity.

It knows that the media war will be won by ‘us’, not by ‘them’.



Related: Brainwashed: The Goal Of The Media Is To Poison The Minds Of The Masses With Toxic Hatred And
Engineered “Thought Loops”

The battlefield is being defined. With some bright exceptions, the Westerners and their media outlets are closing ranks, sticking to their masters. Like several other writers, I had been unceremoniously kicked out from Counterpunch, one of the increasingly anti-Communist, anti-Russian, anti-Syrian and anti-Chinese U.S.-based publications.

From their point of view, I was writing for several ‘wrong’ publications. I am actually proud that they stopped publishing me. I am fine where I am: facing them, as I am facing other mass-circulation media outlets of the West.

The extent of Western ideological control of the world is degenerate, truly perverse. Its media and ‘educational’ outlets are fully at the service of the regime.

But the world is waking up and confronting this deadly cultural and political fundamentalism.

A great ideological battle is on. These are exciting, bright times. Nothing could be worse than slavery. Chains are being broken. From now on, there will be no impunity for those who have been torturing the world for centuries.

Their lies, as well as their armor, will be confronted and stopped!


Related Articles:

Mainstream Media Is Trying Hard To Convince Us That “Plandemic” Is A “Conspiracy Theory” + The New Normal

Sharyl Attkisson: How Media Narratives Became More Important Than Facts & Every Nation Must Declare War Against Big Tech


Who is Behind “Fake News”? Fake Videos and Images

Google And Soros-Backed ‘Fact-Checkers’ Join Forces To Control News Search Results & USG Conspiracy To Censor Alternative Views As Fake

Life And Death In The Fake News Business & What Is Public Relations? How To Run A Public Relations
Campaign Based On The Truth

Fake News A United States [ Western ] Media Speciality

Pulitzer Prize-Winning CNN Journalist Busted For Fabricating Fake News, Resigns From CNN + Google Gestapo Goes Full Nazi Against Independent Media - Hiding “Controversial Content” And “Redirecting” Searches

Hype Fake News Now, Muted Retractions Later | MSM Death Throes

Very Fake News: After Breitbart Investigation, CNN Retracts Conspiracy Theory Hit Piece Attacking Trump, Associates Over Russian Fund & CNN Producer Admits Russia Narrative is ‘Bullsh*t,’ Just for ‘Ratings’




Truth In Media [Now: IseMedia]

Taking shape in the United States and throughout the world in recent history is the gradual transformation of how media, particularly journalism, is created and distributed. Independent media companies have been folded into larger corporations, and virtually all “local” television stations have been purchased by giant corporations.



The end result is hundreds upon hundreds of entities suffering from a troubling lack of autonomy.

Related: Reality Check: Why These News Anchors Are Parroting the Same Script

Ben Swann - an Emmy-winning investigative journalist and the founder of Truth In Media and Reality Check series - is fully aware of this transformation, as he has spent the majority of his career devoted to remaining a completely independent journalist not bound to any influence or higher authority.

Over the last 20 years across multiple stations, Swann amassed awards for his investigative reports, yet found himself at odds with executive leadership seeking to maintain more routine reporting.

This clash was particularly apparent when Swann began a series called Reality Check that discussed current US and international events while providing critical context missing from traditional mainstream media reports on those same issues.

For example, during the early years of Reality Check Swann covered the 2012 Republican Presidential primary and opted to scrutinize issues in the US electoral process and the methods used by mainstream media to gloss over overlooked aspects of the system.



Related: Global Activist: A Show About People Who Aren't Waiting For The World To Change

Also during the early stages of Reality Check, Swann took unprecedented action as a journalist by directly confronting President Barack Obama about the Constitutionality of his little-known “kill list,” and went on to grill Mitt Romney about using coercion on delegates during the 2012 Republican National Convention.

Despite being advised to take a conventional approach to reporting, Swann continued to stay true to his principles and founded the Truth In Media Project in 2013, where he created two seasons of episodes that closely examined the Federal Reserve, police militarization, crony capitalism, the origin of ISIS, the government’s grip on cannabis, the conflict in Syria, and more.

Along with continued Reality Check episodes and a network of additional independent journalists creating content for the Truth In Media Project, Swann has attracted an audience of tens of millions of people spanning the political, geographical and social spectrum.

In early 2017, his commitment to sovereign reporting clashed with limitations handed down to him in his “day job” as a news anchor; by February of 2017, Ben’s independent endeavors ground to a halt. For the remainder of the year, Swann sought and ultimately discovered the key to true independence: decentralization and an organization known as a DAO.



Related: Ben Swann Fired From CBS After Exposing D.C. Pizzagate

Decentralization means that there is no single person, or group of people, that has control over an organization. A DAO is a decentralized autonomous organization; in a DAO, an organization operates within a set of guidelines but is free from any ruler or group of rulers, and operates with all aspects of the organization funded by the network itself.

A DAO is the antithesis of a centralized corporation that is often suppressed by layers upon layers of bureaucracy. The DAO of Dash, a revolutionary digital currency, features a treasury in which a network of participants may vote to allocate portions to a number of projects submitted through a proposal process.

The structure is similar to a sponsorship, but the key distinction of a DAO is that there’s no central authority to mandate terms. The Dash DAO has funded numerous proposals, with Swann’s Reality Check Series and Truth In Media Project being among the most significant proposal in Dash’s history.

Independent media is often incredibly difficult to pull off successfully, especially when reporting on issues that powerful conglomerates don’t want discussed.



Related: How To Spot A Media Psy-Op

There is no doubt that Swann has always aimed for disruptive, informative journalism, which is embraced by citizens yet often unwelcome in most media corporations.

As Swann has aimed to disrupt the media, the Dash DAO has disrupted the financial industry. The unique harmony between the Dash DAO and Swann has eliminated journalistic constraints previously laid out by corporate media, and is the world’s most detailed illustration of how decentralization is able to put the power back into the hands of the creator.

Decentralization is an immensely powerful element, and it’s not limited to the financial sector. It can be applied to virtually any industry, and the Dash DAO is responsible for a historic, revolutionary transformation in media with Swann becoming the first journalist in the world to be powered by decentralization.


Related Articles:

How To Succeed In Western Media Without Really Trying & Britain Moves To Criminalize Reading Extremist Material On The Internet

Puppet Masters Of Media Propaganda

The Horrifying Rise Of Total Mass Media Blackouts On Inconvenient News Stories

What The New Acceptability Of The Lab Leak Origin Tells Us About Media Outlets & COVID-19 – The Real Truth

Mainstream Media Insults The Public's Intelligence On Vaccines & Vaccinated Vs. Unvaccinated Pilot Study: Early Vaccination Sees Exponential Increase In Chronic Disorders + Lies, Vaccines And The New Zealand Media

Mind Control Theories And Techniques Used By Mass Media

CBS Reporter Calls Mainstream Press ‘Political Activists,’ ‘Propagandists’ + Max Blumental Proves Western Media A Propagandist For War Criminals

The Business Of Journalists Is To Destroy The Truth & Americans Think The Media Is More Destructive Than Banks & Corporations + The Normals vs. Conspiracy Theorists

The Mainstream Media Lies

Resetting Politics And The Media

Twenty Five Rules Of Disinformation, Propaganda, “PSYOPS”, Debunking Techniques

The Media Is Now The Political Opposition + Watching Major Media Commit Suicide

Facebook believes ‘most’ of its 2bn users had their data improperly mined & misused

YouTube employees suddenly find themselves on the front lines of a shooting war that they started via censorship and oppression of speech

Google Chrome browser scans all the files on your computer, including private photos, documents and spreadsheets

Video and its Hypocritical Media Coverage


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi
How Rockefeller Founded Big Pharma And Waged War On Natural Cures
September 18 2022 | From: PoliticalVelCraft / Various

Western medicine has some good points, and is great in an emergency, but it’s high time people realized that today’s mainstream medicine (western medicine or allopathy), with its focus on drugs, drugs, radiation, drugs, surgery, drugs and more drugs, is at its foundation a money spinning Rockefeller creation.



People these days look at you like a weirdo if you talk about the healing properties of plants or any other holistic practices.

Related: Goldman Sachs Analyst: Curing Patients Not a Sustainable Medical Business Model

Much like anything else, politics and money have been used to warp people’s minds and encourage them to embrace what is bad for them.

It all began with John D. Rockefeller (1839 – 1937) who was an oil magnate, a robber baron, America’s first billionaire, and a natural-born monopolist.

By the turn on the 20th century, he controlled 90% of all oil refineries in the U.S. through his oil company, Standard Oil, which was later on broken up to become Chevron, Exxon, Mobil etc.



Click on the image above to view a larger version in a new window

Related:
The Conspiracy to Rule the World: The House of Rockefeller

World Affairs reports: At the same time, around 1900, scientists discovered “petrochemicals” and the ability to create all kinds of chemicals from oil.

For example, the first plastic - called Bakelite - was made from oil in 1907. Scientists were discovering various vitamins and guessed that many pharmaceutical drugs could be made from oil.

This was a wonderful opportunity for Rockefeller who saw the ability to monopolize the oil, chemical and the medical industries at the same time!

The best thing about petrochemicals was that everything could be patented and sold for high profits.

But there was one problem with Rockefeller’s plan for the medical industry: natural/herbal medicines were very popular in America at that time. Almost half the doctors and medical colleges in the U.S. were practicing holistic medicine, using knowledge from Europe and Native Americans.



Related: The Eradication Of Natural Alternatives: Big Pharma Wants To Eliminate The Competition

Rockefeller, the monopolist, had to figure out a way to get rid of his biggest competition. So he used the classic strategy of “problem-reaction-solution.” That is, create a problem and scare people, and then offer a (pre-planned) solution. (Similar to terrorism scare, followed by the “Patriot Act”).

He went to his buddy Andrew Carnegie – another plutocrat who made his money from monopolizing the steel industry – who devised a scheme. From the prestigious Carnegie Foundation, they sent a man named Abraham Flexner to travel around the country and report on the status of medical colleges and hospitals around the country.

This led to the Flexner Report, which gave birth to the modern medicine as we know it.

Needless to say, the report talked about the need for revamping and centralizing our medical institutions. Based on this report, more than half of all medical colleges were soon closed.

Homeopathy and natural medicines were mocked and demonized; and doctors were even jailed.



Related: 1899 Merck Manual Shows Natural And Food - Based Medicine Once Reigned Supreme + The Healing Web

To help with the transition and change the minds of other doctors and scientists, Rockefeller gave more than $100 million to colleges, hospitals and founded a philanthropic front group called “General Education Board” (GEB). This is the classic carrot and stick approach.

In a very short time, medical colleges were all streamlined and homogenized. All the students were learning the same thing, and medicine was all about using patented drugs.

Scientists received huge grants to study how plants cured diseases, but their goal was to first identify which chemicals in the plant were effective, and then recreate a similar chemical – but not identical – in the lab that could be patented.

A pill for an ill became the mantra for modern medicine.

And you thought Koch brothers were evil?



Related: World’s Elite Try To Wipe Out All Knowledge And Use Of Natural Cures, While They Privately Use Them For Their Own Longevity

So, now we are, 100 years later, churning out doctors who know nothing about the benefits of nutrition or herbs or any holistic practices. We have an entire society that is enslaved to corporations for its well-being.

America spends 15% of its GDP on healthcare, which should be really called “sick care.” It is focused not on cure, but only on symptoms, thus creating repeat customers. There is no cure for cancer, diabetes, autism, asthma, or even flu.

Why would there be real cures? This is a system founded by oligarchs and plutocrats, not by doctors.

As for cancer, oh yeah, the American Cancer Society was founded by none other than Rockefeller in 1913.

In this month of breast cancer awareness, it is sad to see people being brainwashed about chemotherapy, radiation and surgery.  That’s another topic - but here is a quote from John D. Rockefeller that summarizes his New World Order vision for America…




Related Articles:

Fauci Knew About HCQ In 2005 - Nobody Needed To Die & Criminal Big Pharma Put In Charge Of COVID-19 Vaccine

Natural Health Special + What Is the Natural Allopathic Protocol Useful For? & Why Whole Foods Are
Always Better Than Nutritional Supplements


Holocaust Study: The Medical Cartel Is Destroying America (And The West) + Government’s Real War On
Natural Health

Natural Health: The Silver Bullet To Medical Vampires + Australia To Search Out And Prosecute Anti-Vax
Nurses And Midwives; Calls For Public To Turn Them In


Huge Victory For Natural Medicine In Australia As Nation Rejects Pharma-Engineered Attempt To Outlaw Nearly All Herbs

How Big Pharma Greed Is Killing Tens Of Thousands Around The World

When The Rockefeller Trilateral Commission Exposed Its Own Secret

Report Sheds Light On The Rockefeller Family’s Covert ‘Climate Change’ Plan

Trump, Watergate, Nixon, Rockefeller: The Real Lesson & Deep State CEO Obama Running Black Ops To Undermine Trump & Alt-Media

Rockefeller, Ford Foundations Behind World Social Forum (WSF). The Corporate Funding Of Social Activism

Secret Societies Revisited

The Federal Reserve Cartel: The Eight Families + 7 Not-So-Secret Homes Of Super Secret Societies

We Are Surrounded By Masonic Symbols: How Modern Logos Are Linked To Secret Societies


Everything Is Rigged: Medicine, Science, Elections, The Media, Money, Education, Search Engines, Social Media... You Are Living In A Fabricated Fairy Tale

The Corruption Of Evidence Based Medicine?-Killing For Profit

The Flawed Germ Theory; Unfortunately The Basis Of Modern Medicine

Google's Digital Book Burn: Alternative Medicine Content Now Vanishingly Rare, Despite One Billion Health Searches A Day

The Hypnotic Symbols Of Modern Medicine

‘Cultural Schizophrenia’: Media Shift To Feelings Over Facts Tearing US [West] Apart & You Are Being Bombarded By Fake News, Fake News “Filters,” Fake People, Fake Food, And Fake Medicine



Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

The Global Fascist State: Physical Control Of The Global Population Is Impossible
September 17 2022 | From: FinalWakeUpCall / Various

Centralised, controlled Global fascist state:The momentum for the completion of the New World Order (NWO) through centralised control of global politics, business, banking, military and media is gaining pace by the day, and is clearly evident through the large scale spying upon us.



Whenever a hidden agenda is about to be implemented, something occurs to scare the people, justifying the action for implementation. Our world is more and more becoming a recurrence of fascist Nazi Germany, before WWII. This is, in accordance with the plans of the Deep State Brotherhood, the new world that awaits the global population.

Related: Google joins Monsanto among the most evil corporations in the world by announcing ban on anything it considers a “conspiracy theory”

The Council on Foreign Relations (CFR), and multinational corporations already control most Governments;promoting the one world government through their control of the media, foundation grants, and education; with power exerted over all issues of the day; they already control almost all avenues; they have the financial power to promote the “New World Order”.



The key to their success is the control and manipulation by the international bankers of the money systems of almost every nation, while making it appear as though they are controlled by the government.

If you wish to live in a world that is “urbane” enough to be run by a world government, managed by the Brotherhood of the élite and global bankers, then by all means, continue to follow the mainstream media to get all your information.

If, however, the idea of a select coterie of a global intellectual-financial elites running the world does not sound like the ideal society for humanity’s future, then it is time to come into action.



Related: Report: Forensic Experts say DNC was Never Hacked by Russia, An Insider Did the Job

By battling the tide of misinformation and by helping to expose the dangers of the ‘New World Order.’

People have neither the slightest idea, nor the insight of the restrain that is going to be put on them. They would rather ignore the obvious and go into denial of the truth that has already become reality. Instead, people prefer assuring each other that they would never take people’s freedoms away and make us serfs of the elite.

Humanity has on a large scale given away its mind and its responsibility – it is advisable to consider the broader consequences of this behaviour for human existence.

When we give away our mind and responsibility, we give away our freedom and hence, our lives.

If enough people do it, we give the world away, and that is precisely what has been done throughout history. We’re now entering a fascist society, as was the case before WWII. The leaders of this era, such as Benito Mussolini in Italy and Adolf Hitler in Germany embodied the state and they claimed indisputable power, transforming countries into fascist states.

Now history is repeating itself and soon the world will become a fascist society all over again. The only difference is that this time, a few families, alias – the elite – are manipulating the entire planet, through the globalisation of business, banking and communications.



Related: Brzezinski Wanted NATO to Become the “Hub of a Globe-Spanning Web” of Security Pacts

The primary goal of their control is to keep the people in ignorance, fear and at war. Divide, rule and conquer and keep the most important information secret.

Those who have applied these methods to control humanity for thousands of years are members of the same force, following a long-term Brotherhood Agenda, which now is reaching its point of completion.

So, the global fascist state is upon us. People must wake up now – and see this as their “final wake up call” – to mobilise and organise themselves to rebel against this injustice, as the real power is still with the many of us, and not with the few of the elites!


Infinite Power is Within Every Individual:

Infinite power is within each and every individual. The reason we are controlled is not because we don’t have the power to decide our own destiny, it is that we unknowingly give that power away when we don’t take responsibility for our destiny on all fronts.

When something happens that we don’t like, we look for someone else to blame. When there is a problem, people think first what are they, our so-called leaders going to do about it.

But remember it is they who have secretly created most problems, and they consequently respond to people’s demands by offering a ‘solution’ that always entails more centralisation of power and erosion of our freedom.


Man Sends Audition Tape To Globalists To Be Crisis Actor in Next False Flag Hilarious Satire Skit




Related:
Sometimes We Learn The Most About Ourselves From Our Opponents

If you want to give more power to the police, security agencies and military, that is exactly what they want the public to ask for, then they ensure there is more crime, more violence and more terrorism, and so they increasingly get exactly what they want, ever-increasing control and power.

Once people are in fear of being attacked by terrorists, they will demand to have their freedoms taken away, to protect them from what they have been manipulated to become – ‘fearful’.

As Benjamin Franklin once so typically stated:

“Those who would give up essential liberty, to purchase a little temporary safety, deserve neither liberty nor safety.”

The 9/11 Twin Tower destruction in New York in 2001 and the Global warming meme are both classic examples of ‘Problem - Reaction - Solution’ manipulations.


Physical Control of the Global Population is Impossible:

In short it is a technique of ‘problem - reaction - solution’. Create the problem; encourage the reaction that something has to be done about, and then offer the solution, their solution. In other words:

Create chaos and then offer a solution to restore order on people’s request, a solution which serves their agenda.


The masses are herded and directed by emotional and mental control. This is the only way their rules can be implemented. However, the few elites cannot control billions of people physically, unless a large number of people are involved.



Related: Leo Solar Eclipse: Revolution, Healing and Collapse of the Establishment

So physical control of the global population is impossible. But when you can manipulate the way people feel and think to the point that they decide to do what they want us to do, by demanding to introduce regulations that they want to have implemented, then the door is set open for Centralised Global Control, by making people believe that it is their own idea.

Consequently, humanity becomes mind-controlled.


People are Mind Controlled:

The question is not how many people are mind-controlled, but how few are not. When you believe the news stories in the media, and allow these to affect your perception of events, your mind is controlled.

The answer to freedom of thought and perception is to take your mind back to conclude and decide for yourself.

The choice of interpretations is yours and not someone else’s. Remember they always want to have your mind, because once they have it, they have you. So keep your mind objective under all circumstances.



Related: Globalism Is In Free Fall Collapse

Think for yourself and don’t allow others to think for you, and if we All do this, their Agenda will not be able to be implemented and we will keep our freedoms, it’s as simple as that. Come into action now in the interest of our children, future generations, and in our own interest.

Remember; the secret Agenda is a conspiracy of minds, of people and events to ensure that the plans of the elite are employed. They conspire to put their people into positions of power, with hidden, stringent instructions to make the agenda happen, by conspiring to create events which will make the public demand the Agenda be implemented in complete ignorance of the devastating consequences.

It is frightening that we have entered the world George Orwell envisioned and wrote about in 1984 of mass surveillance, as portrayed in the movie ‘The Truman Show’.




Stick Your New World Order Up Your Arse!






Recently numerous scandals have revealed the surveillance state of the West and put it up for show. Whistleblowers have been warning about this for years!

But saying you were right won’t help you in the long run. Now we know that the government is listening, recording, and duplicating everything we do online or over the phone, it’s time to start taking action. It’s time to take back our right to privacy.

Although we may not fear Chinese tanks rolling through our streets, make no mistake; our most basic rights are under attack: reporters are being investigated and suspended by Government officials for exposing scandals, legislation is designed to water down our privacy rights and the NSA acts like it was nothing more than a necessity to crack down on terrorists, while presenting the matter as though they have the authority to do so.

Watch the powerful explanation of Snowden; it’s a lot easier, as was put forth by him, to change this intrusion on civilisation as has been laid out in the above writing: Be objective and make up your own mind; deciding for yourself.


Preaching the Truth About the Federal Reserve:

Rod Parsley Discusses the Dirty Tricks Bankers Use On Us. He also discusses the practice of the Federal Reserve, how they are involved. He preaches the truth using facts and history.





Related Articles:

Federal Prosecutor Investigating Visa Fraud in Wasserman Schultz’s District Shot Himself in Head – But No Gun Was Found

Silicon Valley "Outraged" After Google Employee Pens Viral Doc Slamming "Anti-Conservative" Culture

Hannity Threatens Lawsuit if Obama Administration “Unmasked” Him in NSA Surveillance

Girl, 5, fined £150 for lemonade stand

Freemasonry: “Join The Dots”, By G-Squared


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Do You Know What We Are Breathing In From Weather Geoengineering Efforts?
September 16 2022 | From: ActivistPost / Various

Air is one of the primary elements of life; without it for about three minutes, we cannot survive.  If air is such an important biological and functional life component, why are weather geoengineers messing around with it?



They’re not, according to ‘official source’ denials.


Related:
Scientist Finally Confirms Weather Modification: A Comprehensive Database On Chemtrails And Weather Modification Already Exists

Well, think again, since many independent and non-cabal-financially-sponsored “non-consensus scientists” are finding STUFF in the air we breathe that should not be there unless placed for nefarious reasons.  What a mouthful!  Is there any documentation to substantiate what I say?  But of course!  Would I say it, if there were none?

Well, I’m going to explain some things readers may find doubtful, interesting and even frightful, but cannot deny once you stop playing around with your iPhones, etc. and look up and study the sky, which no longer is the crystal clear gorgeous blue it used to be in my youth, since I was born during the Depression years.



Related: Mainstream Scientist Exposes The Dangerous Reality Of Chemtrails And Geoengineering


“Nano particles and Smart Dust [is] being absorbed by all of us via inhalation of chemtrail fallout and from contaminated grocery store food (including organically grown food) where the crops pick up and absorb the same Nano particles and Smart Dust that we are breathing in.

In addition, food sources are intentionally being sprayed with Nano technology. I first became aware of “nanobots” as a component of chemtrails in 2005 when the topic of Morgellons first surfaced on the internet.

These nanobots were somehow integrating themselves with biological functions inside people’s bodies producing these colored fibers and wire-like threads that would ooze out of lesions on the skin.

I had no idea why some people produced the fibers and had the sensation of insects crawling under their skin, while other people had no symptoms at all.
” 

According to Tony Pantalleresco:


“[W]e’ve been breathing in Nano particles in the atmosphere since the 1960s and they’ve been adding Nano particles to food since the 1970s. The expresion [sic] “Nano particles” refers to the size of the particles.

A particle 1 micron wide is equivalent to one millionth of one meter, while 1 Nano is equivalent to one billionth of one meter. Our bodies can handle particles in the micron range, but Nano size particles in the 1-100 Nano range especially, cause a great deal of damage to the bodyl.
” 




Overcast [Trailer]: Climate Engineering





Related:
Epic Video: Three Chemtrail Tankers Filmed Spraying From Above, Air-To-Air & Legal And Governmental Representatives Speak Out About Geoengineering




Tony should know; he’s been making videos about them.


“He explains that many thousands of Nano particles are now residing in EACH human cell of all human beings (including you) and are integrating themselves with our biological functions to re-program our body (and our DNA) into an Android-like hybrid, that is part human biology and part Artificial Intelligence robotics.

These Nano particles inside our bodies are activated by (and programmable from a distance) using radio frequencies (microwaves) and ELF waves.

That means we are ALL being set up for a 21st Century version of enslavement employing electronic mind-control and body-control coercion harassment (which is what Targeted Individuals who call into the Ella Free podcasts are experiencing and talking about). l.
” 


1962: “He Who Controls The Weather, Will Control The World” (LBJ)





Related:
Chemtrails, Geoengineering, Weather Modification & Weather Warfare



Furthermore, there is much speculation the neurotoxic chemicals in all vaccines are part of that artificial intelligence robotics program.

There’s an amazing, astounding and seemingly unbelievable indication of what Tony contends, as a result of his research, being found in human bodies, and he demonstrates that using his arm and a special Anti-Nano Concoction protocol he created.


Towards the end of the video, he immerses his arm in the anti-Nano bucket (after first adding vinegar, distilled water, salt, DMSO and a capful of olive oil) and following a few minutes, you can see the Nano metal dust particles coming out of the skin and sticking to the floating oil globules.

Jump ahead to 1:22 to see the Nano particles coming out of his skin.
” 



Related: Same Media That Once Deemed Chemtrails A Conspiracy Theory Now Openly Promotes Chemtrailing The Entire Planet To “End Climate Change” & Global Geoengineering (Chemtrails) Experiment Pushed By Bill Gates Also Funded By Nazi-Linked Alfred P. Sloan Foundation, Linked To Eugenics And Depopulation


Anti-Nano Bucket

The video referenced above, which I have watched in full and taken notes on, must be considered very seriously, as it deals with emerging protocols to counter Nano technology, which very few individuals know anything about, but all of us are exposed to and compromised by.

After watching more than an hour of his creating the electro-field bucket, Tony discusses the ‘recipe’ for the anti-Nano soaking mixture around 1 hour 12 minutes, more or less. 

The mixture includes cheap white vinegar, distilled water, salt, DMSO and oil, either olive or almond. The exact measurements are given.



Related: Dane Wigington Exposes The Globalist Geoengineering Weather Control Agenda In Fascinating Interview With The Health Ranger

At 1 hour 24 minutes “results” (Nano-dust particulates) start showing up emerging from Tony’s arm soaking in the anti-Nano mixture.  Tony recommends soaking your feet, but with certain precautions.


PRECAUTIONS

If you have any electrical device implanted in your body, DO NOT use this method; it is NOT FOR YOU!

If you have a heart condition or pacemaker, this is NOT FOR YOU!

Tattoos use Nano-inks, which get into the bloodstream. The younger generations, who have gone bonkers over tats, are playing right into the NWO artificial intelligence agenda.  Can that be why tattoos are not government regulated?  Tattoo inks are neither regulated nor tested by the federal government and are considered a health risk [2].  However, most states regulate “body art studios.”

“The American Red Cross requires someone who has had a tattoo to wait a year before donating blood if the tattoo was applied in Georgia, Idaho, Maryland, Massachusetts, Nevada, New Hampshire, New York, Pennsylvania, Utah, Wyoming or the District - jurisdictions that do not regulate tattoo facilities.”

Nano-dust and particulates make all human bodies receivers and transmitters, a necessary component for control of humans because we can be controlled by microwaves transmitted to those frequency receivers residing within our bodies.  Hard to believe, isn’t it?

Furthermore, it’s my understanding that special “matching” frequencies even can be “designed” for those who have given DNA and body tissues sample, e.g., blood tests, which have been collected by certain ‘vested interest’ agencies doing such AI/transhumanism technology work.



Related: What Are Chemtrails And How Are They Harming Our Food And Water? + Nuclear Chemist Publishes Paper
Detailing: “Aluminum Poisoning Of Humanity Via Geoengineering”



Why is This Happening?

It’s part-and-parcel of global weather geoengineering or “chemtrails,” which literally rain down 43 known chemicals and metals, especially aluminum - the key “tagging” mineral/element, which also is a constituent in most, if not all, vaccines.

Homo sapiens literally are being redesigned into another species created by man-made-technology. Will it be called Homo Nano-particulatem?

Is that the reason why “Sophia,” the humanoid robot, officially was made a ‘citizen’ of Saudi Arabia?




Related Articles:

Geoengineering And Weather Modification Exposed

Congress Now Funding “Controversial” Geoengineering “Plan B” To Spray Particles In The Sky To Cool Earth

World’s First Robot Citizen Wants Her Own Family, Career & AI ‘Superpowers’

Space Fence: Connecting The Surveillance And Transhumanist Agendas

Clouds are Lowering Why?

HAARP: Station List by Location


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

When Life Gets Too Complicated: Minimalist Living: How To Enjoy Life More With Less
September 15 2022 | From: TheUnboundedSpirit / Various

If it feels like your life sucks, there are extreme chances that it's too complicated. On the other hand, if it feels like it doesn't suck, I bet your life is quite simple.



How do I know? Well, I've found my life sucking many times, and that was always when it became wildly complicated. Now that it doesn't suck anymore (or at least it feels like it doesn't), it's simpler than ever before

Related: Feeling Upset Or Distressed? Here Are Some Simple Self-Soothing Practices To Calm Yourself Down

Of course, my life didn't just get simple on its own. I played my part in getting it the way it is. A BIG part, in fact.

How? By making a few small yet tremendously effective lifestyle changes. If you're entangled in the complexity of your own life, and would like to know what those changes were so that you can apply and benefit from them too, I have good news for you.

For most people, life has become a burden on their shoulders, and year by year its weight is growing heavier and heavier, until one day they can’t carry it anymore.

But does life have to be such a drudgery? No, it doesn’t. In fact, life can be stunningly great, if we allow it to be so.

How? Keep scrolling and I’ll show you.


Why is Life So Messed Up?

This is a question I get a lot from readers. I find it quite misleading, since life in itself isn’t messed up. Rather, we insist on making it look like it. Here’s how: By complicating it to such a degree that we can’t enjoy it anymore.

Let me give you a few examples: We do work we don’t enjoy, we buy stuff we don’t need, we say things we don’t mean, we eat food that doesn’t contribute to our health… you get what I mean.

Of course, no person is entirely to blame for that. From an early age, society has conditioned us to live this way. Just consider, for example, the advertising industry, which is constantly preying on our insecurities in order to make us want new products.



Related: How To Live Simply In A Complicated World

Or, contemplate on our school system, which is indoctrinating us with the belief that success is nothing but the result of getting good at things we don’t like just for the sake of an external reward. Or, lastly, think of our economic system, which is forcing us to work as wage slaves just so we can merely feed ourselves and sleep under a roof.

As you can understand, it’s not surprising that life seems messed up. But it’s in our hands to change this, if we want to, and make life worth-living again. There are various ways we can do so, and here I’m going to share with you some helpful ways you can create more space for peace, contentment, and health in your life.


Minimalism: A Turn Back to Simplicity

So how can we design a life that is less complicated and more meaningful? With minimalism.

If you haven’t heard of the term minimalism before, here’s it’s key idea: Getting rid of what isn’t adding value to your life in order make room for what does, such as removing clutter, distractions and unhealthy relationships, and allowing more space for things that are essential to our well-being, such as creativity, love, and play.

Therefore, minimalism or minimalist living is about intentionally focusing on what truly matters to you, and letting go of what doesn’t. Or, to put it differently, it’s about enjoying life more with less.

Now, this might sound like an easy thing to do, but it’s actually quite hard. Why? Because during the course of our lives most of us have lost touch with our true needs and wants.



Related: Ten Psychological Behavior Tips That Can Make Your Life Easier

This has resulted in a lack of inner fulfillment, out of which arises a desperate effort to fill our psychological void with physical, mental and emotional clutter, which, instead of making us feel better, actually makes us feel much worse.

The question is: How can one break free from this chaos we’re entangled in and which seems so out of hand?

If you’re trying to figure this out for yourself, I created the following guide to assist you in your journey to living a simpler yet fuller life. It consists of easy yet empowering tips and practices that you can apply in your everyday life in order to reap the incredible benefits of a minimalist lifestyle. Are you ready to dive into it?


A Guide to Minimalist Living: 10 Ways to Enjoy Life More with Less


1. Get Rid of Stuff that Doesn’t Serve Your Happiness

Most people’s living space is cluttered with myriads of things they never use and which don’t contribute to their well-being.

On the contrary, those objects are only standing in their way, distracting their attention and preventing them from finding calm, clarity and focus. Some of them even need regular maintenance, and hence require money, time and energy to be spent - or, to be more precise, wasted - on them.



Related: Five Lessons Most People Learn Way Too Late In Life + Three Profound Insights That Will Open Your Mind Wide

Have a look at your possessions and ask yourself: Do I really need ALL of them? Separate the one’s you do need from the ones you don’t, and throw the latter right into the rubbish bin - or better, give them away to people who might actually benefit from them.


2. Resist Consuming Products You Don’t Need

Discarding things you don’t need is crucial to emptying your life from unnecessary stuff, but if you keep on acquiring new material possessions, it’s going to be filled up pretty soon again.

The solution? It’s simple: Stop buying things you don’t need.

The main reason why so many of us want to buy new products all the time is that we’ve been fooled by the advertising industry that shopping is all we need to be happy.



Related: Ten Sure-Fire Ways To Live A Stressful Life

However, the reality is that once we have enough to satisfy our basic human needs, products can’t improve our well-being in any way. They can only provide us with momentary gratification that quite soon vanishes into thin air, leading us in an even worse psychological state than before.


3. Appreciate all the Amazing Things You Already Have

In the day and age of Instagram, so many people are having terrific self-esteem issues. That’s because they constantly compare themselves to others who, in their eyes, always seem happier, more beautiful and way more important than them.

As they are, they feel like crap, and they try their best to imitate those they are jealous of, in a desperate effort to feel better about themselves. Yet no matter how much they try, they always fail.

If you’d like to stop feeling crappy, you need to learn to appreciate what you already have, instead of always being focused on what you don’t.

That means you need to stop comparing yourself to others and embrace yourself for who you are, with all your flaws and imperfections. Only then will you be able to make peace with yourself, focus on what’s truly important and feel grateful for the amazing gift of life.



Related: After Ayahuasca – Five Life Changing Transformations

Starting now, take a moment to appreciate that you’re pulsating with life and able to experience all the goodness existence has to offer:

Appreciate the beauty of nature.

Appreciate the joy of tasting food.

Appreciate the heart-to-heart bonding between you and your loved ones.

Appreciate the little things in life, and all of a sudden you’ll discover that you actually have way more than ever thought.


4. Minimize Your Internet Distractions

Was checking your email the first thing you did this morning? Or was it perhaps scrolling through your social media feed? Or maybe having a look at your favorite news sites for updates?

If so, then it’s very likely that you’re suffering from Internet Distraction Disorder.

But you aren’t alone in that. In fact, nowadays most people are constantly fixated on an electronic screen, wasting hours upon hours everyday being carried away by a constant flood of information. They endlessly jump from one social media network to the other, from this article to that, from one picture to the next.

Don’t get me wrong, I adore the internet and spend much of my time online myself, but if we don’t learn how to use it mindfully, and instead let it use us, then it can play havoc with our mental health.

If you’d like to find more a peaceful state of mind, then you likely need to minimize your internet distractions.



Related: Ten Ways To Easily Boost Your Serotonin Levels And Live A Happier Life

To help you get started, here are some practical tips:

Close as many tabs you can.

Check your emails up to two times a day, filter and process them immediately, and clear out your inbox.

Spend as less time on social media as possible (I’d recommend not more than an hour per day).

Pick a handful of good sources and check them only once a day.

Set some hours offline each day.

After you’ve applied them for a month or so, shoot me an email at contact@theunboundedspirit.com and let me know about your progress and the impact this small minimalist lifestyle change has had on your well-being.


5. Build Intimate Relationships

What’s missing in the world more than anything else is human connection.

People feel disconnected from one another, and that’s for plenty of reasons, with the main being our economic system, which is compelling us to compete with and exploit each other in an endless effort to maximize our personal gain, and thus is constantly reinforcing the idea that others are inimical, or at best indifferent to us.

The result? Loneliness, insecurity, depression.

Every person - including you - is a social being with an emotional need to connect with other people. We all deep down want to be heard, understood, and embraced for who we are.

Loving others and feeling loved by them is what brings meaning and fulfillment to our lives more than anythings else.

So whenever you find an opportunity for human connection, don’t shy away from it. Put your mobile phone aside for a while and take the time to look at someone in the eye, listen to their story, and open your heart to them.



Related: The Trap Of Romantic Love


6. Be Truthful With Your Words

One of the main reasons why our lives are so complicated is that we’re not quite honest with each other. We say things we don’t mean and we don’t say those things that we do mean, and this inevitably leads to plenty of misunderstandings and interpersonal conflict.

From now on, be sure to avoid uttering lies, and instead voice your sincere thoughts as well as express your feelings.

This way you’ll be able to form healthier and more genuine relationships, which will do wonders to simplify your day-to-day life.


7. Do One Thing at a Time

Minimalist living in essence means focused living, and focused living means making the most out of each and every moment.

The problem is that, because of the constant distractions we experience in the modern world, most of us haven’t learned to fully concentrate on one act at a time. Instead, we’re usually carrying out different tasks at the same time, and so whatever we are doing, our mind is partly wondering somewhere else.

Here are some examples:

We check our phones while we’re eating.

We are jumping between tasks in a browser.

We are lost in our thoughts when others are talking to us.

We are thinking of what thing to do next before finishing the current thing.

This way, not only aren’t we able to give our best to what we’re doing, but also we can’t enjoy the task at hand.



Related: 6 Lessons You Must Learn To Find Contentment In Life & A Nice Little Stroll Could Be The Key To Your Good Mood

If you’re used to multi-tasking and would like to change that in order to be better at what you do as well as to get totally immersed in the things you like, make sure that you concentrate on a single thing or task at a time. For instance, when you’re eating, don’t check your phone at the same time and just focus on savoring every bite of your food.

Or when you’re talking to someone, don’t be preoccupied with what you’ll say next when your turn to talk comes - instead, give your full attention to your partner so that you can understand what he or she is saying.


8. Treat Your Body With Care

In order to be able to enjoy your life, you first and foremost need to be in good health. Hence, it’s vital that you treat your body with loving care.

Unfortunately, this isn’t how most people treat their bodies. They tend to consume toxic foods, they don’t exercise, they sleep less than needed, and do all sorts of other things that mess up with their health. Of course, they don’t do so on purpose.

Rather, they usually act like this either out of ignorance or because the stress of everyday life has led them to make poor lifestyle choices. But one thing is certain: They’ve stopped feeling connected to their bodies, and no longer understand how their actions are impacting their health.



Related: How To Become A Freethinker: A Practical Guide + 7 Lessons You Should Learn Early In Life

As a result, they sooner or later end up experiencing all sorts of illnesses that could have been avoided if they payed more attention to their physical needs.

If you’d like to optimize your health, you need to turn your attention inwards, get in tune with your body, listen to its needs and act accordingly.

For example, if you feel like moving, move. If, on the other hand, you feel tired, stop moving your body to recharge your batteries. Or, to give you another example, if you feel hungry, eat to feed your body with fuel, but if you feel that your stomach is full, don’t eat any more and burden yourself with extra food.

The body has its own wisdom but we’ve lost touch with it. By starting to pay more attention to it, we can re-connect with it and allow it to lead us to a healthier and more fulfilling life.


9. Focus on Your Most Important Goals

People usually have a big number of goals they want to achieve, and often they are even opposing to each other. One day they want this thing, the next day another, and the next still another. No wonder they usually end up achieving nothing but complicating their lives.

A life that is simple has a clear purpose. To live such a  life, you need to discover those few things that you’re most interested in and dedicate yourself to them.

Whatever they are, be sure to make them your top priority. By doing so, you’ll be able to live a life that is filled with meaning and purpose, without getting sidetracked by things that don’t matter to you.



Related: I Woke Up And The World Around Me Is Still Asleep: What To Do? + Once you Learn These Nine Lessons From Confucius, Your Priorities In Life Will Completely Change


10. Cultivate Mindfulness

Lastly yet perhaps most importantly, minimalist living requires a calm and undisturbed mind - that is, a mind that is free of conflicting thoughts and in tune with the present moment.

Unfortunately, in our busy, stressful lives, our minds are filled with worries - worries about what happened in the past or what is going to happen in the future, which don’t allow us to let go and enjoy the only moment that ever was, is and will be - the here and now.

To be able to regain a peaceful state of consciousness, you need to develop mindfulness. Mindfulness means fully attending what’s happening in the present, instead of dwelling in the past or the future.

It also means observing your thoughts and feelings without judging, resisting or feeding them. Lastly, it means consciously responding to situations instead of overreacting to them or being overwhelmed by them.



Related: Three Reasons Why Positive Thinking Is Making You More Miserable, And How To Have True Happiness In Life

Every single person can develop mindfulness, and there are many ways one can do so. Perhaps the most common way is to sit for about 30 minutes somewhere comfortably with your upper back straight and pay full attention to your breath as it’s coming in and out through your nostrils, without allowing yourself to be distracted by your thoughts.

When, however, you feel that your mind has carried you away, make sure that you return your attention to your breath and continue your practice. By doing so, you’ll find that slowly slowly your thoughts become less and less, and as a result you’ll experience more clarity, focus and a sense of inner peace, which you can carry with you throughout your day.

Mindfulness is an ancient practice that is now backed up by science. By implementing it into your daily routine, you’ll be able to relieve yourself from the constant stream of thoughts that is flooding your mind and savor each and every moment of your life.


Related Articles:

Six Activities That Will Enrich Your Soul + The Benefits Of Mindfulness

50 Small Ways To Increase Your Happiness

Three Questions You’re Not Supposed To Ask About Life In A Sick Society

Secret Spells Of The English Language: Our Premiere Life Sentence & The Power Of Language

Hunter S. Thompson’s Thought-Provoking Letter On Finding Purpose And Meaning In Life + Where Our Biggest Regrets Come From



Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Science Is Broken, And The Peer-Review Process Produces “Utter Bulls##t” Parading Around As Real Science
September 14 2022 | From: NaturalNews / Various

Much of what gets published in so-called “science journals” or “medical journals” is actually complete “bulls##t,” warn many observers. 



Brendan D. Murphy has authored a spectacular piece published by Waking Times, offering astonishing details in support of that notion.


Related:
Peer Reviewed 'Science' Losing Credibility Due To Fraudulent Research & Manufacturing Consent In Science: The Diabolical Twist

His full article is reprinted here. Find the original at this link. See more work by Brendan Murphy at BrendanMurphy.net.


Why Scientific Peer Review is a Sham

In recent years the defects in the peer review system have been the subject of a profusion of critical editorials and studies in the literature. It is high time that the world took heed of what the critics are saying, not least of all because of the medical and health ramifications.

The notion of peer review has long occupied special territory in the world of science. However, investigation of suppressed innovations, inventions, treatments, cures, and so on, rapidly reveals that the peer review system is arguably better at one thing above all others: censorship.

This can mean censorship of everything from contrarian viewpoints to innovations that render favored dogmas, products, or services obsolete (economic threats).

The problem is endemic, as many scientists have learned the hard way.

In truth, the systemic failure of peer review is one of science’s major, embarrassing open secrets.





Related:
Inconvenient Reality: Al Gore’s Global Climate Apocalypse Never Took Place - He Now Says It Did But You Just Couldn’t Tell + Hero EPA Administrator Speaks Out Against Junk Science – Denies CO2 Is Primary Contributor To ‘Global Warming’!

As Dr David Kaplan tells us, “Peer review is known to engender bias, incompetence, excessive expense, ineffectiveness, and corruption. A surfeit of publications has documented the deficiencies of this system.”

Australian physicist Brian Martin elaborates in his excellent article Strategies for Dissenting Scientists:


"Certain sorts of innovation are welcome in science, when they fall within established frameworks and do not threaten vested interests. But aside from this sort of routine innovation, science has many similarities to systems of dogma. Dissenters are not welcome. They are ignored, rejected, and sometimes attacked."

Electric universe researcher and Big Bang critic Wal Thornhill (a REAL scientist) stated plainly in our GFM Media interview that the peer review system amounts to censorship. Fellow independent scientist Gary Novak agrees scathingly:


"Peer review is a form of censorship, which is tyranny over the mind. Censorship does not purify; it corrupts… There is a lot of junk science and trash that goes through the peer review process."

Brian Martin asks us rhetorically:


"What do [scientists] have to gain by spending time helping an outsider? Most likely, the alleged discovery will turn out to be pointless or wrong from the standard point of view.

If the outsider has made a genuine discovery, that means the outsider would win rewards at the expense of those already in the field who have invested years of effort in the conventional ideas."

Herein lies the problem in moving science forward and shifting paradigms. A paradigm is only as malleable (or mutable) as the minds and egos invested in it.


The Problem of “Experts”

The reality is (as any real scientist will tell you) that scientists are prone  -  just like lay people  -  to being cathected to their pet theories and opinions, especially if they have been visibly rewarded or publicly obtained accolades or financial remuneration as a result.

Scientists, like laypeople, have susceptible emotional bodies and often fairly hefty egos  -  partially due to their “expertise” and academic titles, qualifications, theories, etc.



Related:
Seeding Doubt: How Self-Appointed Guardians Of “Sound Science” Tip The Scales Toward Industry

Once those hefty egos  -  belonging to people generally known as “experts”  -  rise to positions of power and/or influence, they can calcify the flow of scientific progress as well as the understanding of new discoveries or theories  -  particularly if they end up acting as “peer reviewers” at high levels in prestigious publications.

In that capacity, too many become mere gatekeepers and seek not to facilitate innovation or vital new Copernican-scale revelations, but to maintain the status quo which got them there in the first place.

Dr Malcolm Kendrick comments in his excellent book Doctoring Data that, “by definition, anyone who is an ‘expert’ in an area of medicine will be a supporter of whatever dogma holds sway.” Close study of power dynamics in medicine bears this out. 

The players with the deepest pockets have the funds to buy all of the “experts” they need to sell a bogus product or ideology to an unsuspecting public.

Consider the following words from The Lancet’s editor Richard Horton (pictured below):


"The mistake, of course, is to have thought that peer review was any more than a crude means of discovering the acceptability  -  not the validity  -  of a new finding… We portray peer review to the public as a quasi-sacred process that helps to make science our most objective truth teller.

But we know that the system of peer review is biased, unjust, unaccountable, incomplete, easily fixed, often insulting, usually ignorant, occasionally foolish, and frequently wrong."

The Lancet’s editor Richard Horton

Related:
Many Scientific “Truths” Are, In Fact, False + A Scientist Explains Why "Everything Is Fucked"

Peer review, as a “quasi-sacred” process that somehow supposedly transcends the foibles and follies human nature has taken on sacred ritual status. Has the paper been blessed by the Peer Review Priest?

Peer review is held to be more than just pragmatically useful and functional (which clearly it is not, generally speaking)  -  it is held as a transcendent, almost magical, organizing force occurring in the heavenly ivory towers of Science, which somehow avoids falling prey to human weaknesses by virtue of those humans’ lofty qualifications as “scientists” or “experts.

Scientists, of course, aren’t quite human  -  they are something more, something pure, something that the layman can never be. Students undergo a magical alchemical process as they proceed through educational institutions and emerge transformed from their chrysalis with their doctorates, masters, stethoscopes and equations.

They are the Chosen Ones, the purified, the holy, the redeemed, the righteous. They do not have to answer to the lowly non-scientific peasantry – let alone unbelieving heretics.

It is clear, however, that not only is the popular view of peer review misleading, but the most prestigious publications are some of the very worst offenders. Significant scientific publications  -  for example, the journal Nature  -  have a well documented history of prejudice against findings or hypotheses that run contrary to established scientific dogma.



Related: Green Gestapo Says You're Mentally Ill If You Challenge Climate Change + Over 30,000 Scientists Say
'Catastrophic Man-Made Global Warming' Is A Complete Hoax And Science Lie

Writing in the British Medical Journal (BMJ) in May 2000, Canadian-based researcher, David Sackett, said that he would “never again lecture, write, or referee anything to do with evidence based clinical practice,” over his concern that “experts” are stifling new ideas. He wants the retirement of experts to be made compulsory and I think it’s a brilliant proposition.

Sackett says that “…progress towards the truth is impaired in the presence of an expert.”

Trusting “experts” in oncology, for example, is generally a very good way to artificially speed one’s trip to the grave, particularly if one has metastatic cancer (allopathic medicine is notoriously ineffective in that realm). And yet “experts” are now on a rarified level that perhaps only popes and celebrities can understand  -  they are virtually demigods today.

In the main, “experts” are those people in the establishment who espouse the mainstream dogma and reify the politically correct belief structures. “Experts” are lionized because the world that made them experts promotes and validates them when they affirm the already established (and profitable) beliefs  -  and the media is complicit in this.

If you want to be horribly misled on any number of important issues, just head straight to just about any mainstream news media outlet and listen to the establishment’s “experts.”

Is it not time to get the crusty, rigidified, and corrupt Old Guard out of the way so we can let science move forward?


The Scientific Method Then and Now:



Related: The Top 10 Most Outrageous Science Hoaxes Of 2016


Is Most Research Just Bullshit?

Harvard Medical School’s Dr. Marcia Angell is the former Editor-in-Chief at the New England Journal of Medicine, where she spent twenty years poring over scientific papers, saturated in the dubious practices that pervade the world of medical research. She states bluntly:


"It is simply no longer possible to believe much of the clinical research that is published, or to rely on the judgment of trusted physicians or authoritative medical guidelines. I take no pleasure in this conclusion, which I reached slowly and reluctantly over my two decades as an editor of The New England Journal of Medicine."

Most “experts” in medicine are, psychologically speaking, simply engaged in well-paid groupthink and confirmation bias exercises, vigorously affirming and defending their ego’s (lucrative) construction of the world. To paraphrase physicist Max Planck, medicine, like science, “advances one funeral at a time.”

Once the public has accepted the scientific establishment’s truths, narratives, and designated “experts” then researchers who yield findings deviating from the accepted norm can be immediately branded as crackpots, lunatics, fringe nuts, pseudo-scientists and so on, regardless of how meticulous their methods, and irrefutable their results.

The media is crucial in this control dynamic because it sells the establishment’s reality.

Thus is the politically correct status quo maintained.



Related:
Junk Science Week: Science Is On The Verge Of A Nervous Breakdown


Peer “Review” Lets Garbage Through  -  and Lots of it!

“Peer review” censorship exemplifies the neophobia in the world of science which serves to protect the status quo rather than improve knowledge by weeding out dubious epistemologies and results, as it is meant to.

This supposed mechanism of “quality control” has resulted not only in the dismissal of much important and credible research, but it has also let fraudulent research - and lots of it!  -  be published at the same time. Papers that appear to support fashionable ideas or entrenched dogmas are likely to fare well, even if they are badly flawed  -  or outright rubbish!

David Kaplan, a professor of pathology at the Case Western Reserve University School of Medicine in Cleveland, has stated that;


"Peer review is broken. It needs to be overhauled, not just tinkered with. The incentives should be changed so that: authors are more satisfied and more likely to produce better work, the reviewing is more transparent and honest, and journals do not have to manage an unwieldy and corrupt system that produces disaffection and misses out on innovation."



Related: Everything Is Rigged: Medicine, Science, Elections, The Media, Money, Education, Search Engines, Social
Media... You Are Living In A Fabricated Fairy Tale

Is it any wonder that John Ionnidis reported in his famous 2005 paper that, “Most research findings are false for most research designs and for most fields”? Given the already outlined problems, is it really surprising that, in Ionnidis words, “Claimed research findings may often be simply accurate measures of the prevailing bias”?

Dr. Marc Girard, a mathematician and physician who serves on the editorial board of Medicine Veritas (The Journal of Medical Truth), has written;


"The reason for this disaster is too clear: the power of money. In academic institutions, the current dynamics of research is more favourable to the ability of getting grants  -  collecting money and spending it  - than to scientific imagination or creativity."

In general, peer reviewers  -  generally not time-rich  -  don’t try to replicate experiments and rarely even request the raw data supporting a paper’s conclusions. Who has the time for all that? Thus, peer review is, according to Richard Smith writing in Peer review in health sciences;


"Thought to be slow, expensive, profligate of academic time, highly subjective, prone to bias, easily abused, poor at detecting gross defects, and almost useless for detecting fraud."

What about fake peer review? This is where the corrupt and abysmal becomes the theatre of the absurd. For example, Berlin-based Springer Nature, who publishes the aforementioned Nature journal announced the retraction of 64 articles in 10 journals in an August 18th statement in 2015. This followed an internal investigation which found fabricated peer-review write-ups linked to the articles.



Related:
Crisis In Science Research: Over 70% Of Researchers Fail To Reproduce Another Scientist's Experiments

The purge followed similar discoveries of “fake peer review” by several other major publishers, including London-based BioMed Central, an arm of Springer, which began retracting 43 articles in March citing “reviews from fabricated reviewers”.

Yes, that means reviewers that don’t exist  -  recommended as “reviewers” by the people submitting their work for review.

Imagine writing a paper and being able to nominate a non-existent person to review your work, and the contact email supplied to the publisher for this purpose is actually one you made up, which routes the paper back to you (unbeknownst to the publisher), so that you can then secretly carry out a (favourable) review of your own work under a pseudonym!

It’s being done, folks, this is not a joke.

In response to fake peer review some publishers have actually ended the practice of author-suggested reviewers.


And now for the Conceptual Penis…

Recently two scientists performed a brilliant Sokal-style hoax on the journal Cogent Social Sciences. Under the pen names “Jamie Lindsay” and “Peter Boyle,” and writing for the fictitious “Southeast Independent Social Research Group,” Peter Boghossian and James Lindsay wrote a deliberately absurd paper loosely composed in the style of “post-structuralist discursive gender theory”  - what exactly that is they made no attempt to find out.

The authors tell us:


"The paper was ridiculous by intention, essentially arguing that penises shouldn’t be thought of as male genital organs but as damaging social constructions…

We assumed that if we were merely clear in our moral implications that maleness is intrinsically bad and that the penis is somehow at the root of it, we could get the paper published in a respectable journal."

And they did. After completing the paper, and being unable to identify what it was actually about, it was deemed a success and ready for submission, which went ahead in April 2017.



Related:
A Whole Branch Of Science Turns Out To Be Fake

It was published the next month after some editorial feedback and additional tweaking. To illustrate how deliberately absurd the paper is, a quote is in order:


"We conclude that penises are not best understood as the male sexual organ, or as a male reproductive organ, but instead as an enacted social construct that is both damaging and problematic for society and future generations… and is the conceptual driver behind much of climate change."

In plain English, they (seemingly) argued here that a penis is not a male sexual organ but a social construct; the “conceptual penis” is problematic for “gender (and reproductive) identity,” as well as being the “conceptual” driver of climate change. No, really. How this ever got published is something to ponder. The paper is filled with meaningless jargon, arrant nonsense, and references to fake papers and authors.

As part of the hoax, none of the sources that were cited were even read by the hoaxers. As Boghossian and Lindsay point out, it never should have been published. No one  -  not even Boghossian and Lindsay  -  knows what it is actually saying.

Almost a third of the sources cited in the original version of the paper point to fake sources, such as created by Postmodern Generator, making mock of how absurdly easy it is to execute this kind of hoax, especially, the authors add, in “‘academic’ fields corrupted by postmodernism.” (emphasis added)



Related:
The Cult Of 'Scientism' Explained: How Scientific Claims Behind Cancer, Vaccines, Psychiatric Drugs And
GMOs Are Nothing More Than Corporate-Funded Science Fraud


The Spectacular Success of Hoax Papers and Non-existent Authors

In April 2010, Cyril Labbé of Joseph Fourier University in Grenoble, France, used a computer program called SCIgen to create 102 fake papers under the pseudonym of Ike Antkare. SCIgen was created in 2005 by researchers at MIT in Cambridge in order to demonstrate that conferences would accept such nonsense…as well as to amuse themselves.

Labbé added the bogus papers to the Google Scholar database, which boosted Ike Antkare’s h-index, a measure of published output, to 94  -  at the time, making Antkare the world’s 21st most highly cited scientist. (emphasis added)

So a non-existent scientist has achieved the distinction of being one of the world’s most highly cited authors - while “authoring” papers consisting of utter gibberish. Congratulations are certainly in order. In February 2014 it was reported that Springer and the Institute of Electrical and Electronic Engineers (IEEE), were removing over 120 such bogus papers from their subscription services after Labbe identified them using his own software.

Going back at least as far as 1996 journalists and researchers have been getting spoof papers published in conferences or journals to deliberately expose weaknesses in academic quality controls.



Related:
Half Of All Published 'Scientific' Literature Is Completely Fabricated Or False

“Physicist Alan Sokal (of the famous Sokal Affair) succeeded in the journal Social Text in 1996,” while Harvard science journalist John Bohannon revealed in a 2013 issue of Science that he had duped over 150 open-access journals into publishing “a deliberately flawed study.”

Bohannon organized submission of the flawed study (technically, many different but very similar variations of the study) to 304 open access journals worldwide over a period of 10 months. 255 went through the whole editing process to the point of either acceptance or rejection.

He wrote:


"Any reviewer with more than a high-school knowledge of chemistry and the ability to understand a basic data plot should have spotted the paper’s shortcomings immediately. Its experiments are so hopelessly flawed that the results are meaningless."

The hoax paper was accepted by a whopping 157 of the journals and rejected by only 98. Of the 106 journals that did conduct “peer review,” fully 70% accepted the paper.

If peer review was a transparent and accountable process, according to Gary Novak;


"There might be a small chance of correcting some of the corruptions through truth and criticism; but the process is cloaked in the darkness of anonymity…Due to the exploitive and corrupt process, nearly everything in science has official errors within it… A culture of protecting and exploiting the errors creates an official reality which cannot be opposed."



Related:
The Top 10 Tricks Used By Corporate Junk Science

Returning specifically to the arena of (mainstream) medicine, a quote in PLoS Medicine, states:


"Journals have devolved into information laundering operations for the pharmaceutical industry”, wrote Richard Horton, editor of the Lancet, in March 2004.

In the same year, Marcia Angell, former editor of the New England Journal of Medicine, lambasted the industry for becoming “primarily a marketing machine” and co-opting “every institution that might stand in its way”…

Jerry Kassirer, another former editor of the New England Journal of Medicine, argues that the industry has deflected the moral compasses of many physicians, and the editors of PLoS Medicine have declared that they will not become “part of the cycle of dependency…between journals and the pharmaceutical industry”.

In the words of John Ionnidis, “Most scientific studies are wrong, and they are wrong because scientists are interested in funding and careers rather than truth.”

If most studies are wrong, and most scientists are more interested in their own careers and funding than getting at the truth  -  while journals daily allow bogus and flawed pharmaceutical research to be published and promoted  -  then why would anyone in their right mind believe the claims made by doctors about the efficacy of products based upon “peer review” or pharmaceutical “studies”?

What does a term like “safe and effective” even mean in this world of deception and subterfuge?



Related:
Most Scientific Research Of Western Medicine Untrustable & Fraudulent, Say Insiders And Experts

Clearly the problem of corruption and conflicts of interest have been increasingly on the radar of professional academics for some time now, so much so that it has been the subject of an increasing number of harshly critical articles and editorials. Conveying the depth and breadth of deception to the “uninitiated,” however, presents a unique challenge.

And it isn’t just conflict of interest and corruption to blame for the failure of peer review, there is human bias, shoddy review work, fake reviewers and fraud, and varying other human interests to factor in.

At the very least we need to cease indoctrinating students into the dogma that all good things have been peer reviewed, and the converse: anything that has not been peer reviewed is clearly blasphemous and crafted by the unholy hands of sinners.

In the meantime, the public needs to be warned: peer review is largely a sham and will not protect you or your family from medical pseudo-science or dangerous pharmaceutical products. 

Your doctor’s word should not be blindly trusted, especially when we know that doctors rely absurdly heavily on information (read: propaganda) provided by the pharmaceutical industry itself (can you say “conflicted”?!) in developing their views and opinions.

I can’t help but cringe when I hear people ask if a study has been “peer-reviewed.” The response this question most often deserves is simply, “Who cares?”


"The case against science is straightforward: much of the scientific literature, perhaps half, may simply be untrue. Afflicted by studies with small sample sizes, tiny effects, invalid exploratory analyses, and flagrant conflicts of interest, together with an obsession for pursuing fashionable trends of dubious importance, science has taken a turn towards darkness."

- Richard Horton, Offline: What is medicine’s 5 sigma? The Lancet, 11 April 2015, thelancet.com (Horton is editor of The Lancet)


Related Articles:

Some Of The Biggest Lies Of Science

Official Science: The Grand Illusion

Academic Oligarchy: Majority Of Science Publishing Is Controlled By Just Six Companies

The Rise Of Scientific Fundamentalism

A Totalitarian Society Has Totalitarian Science


Western Food Science Is Broken + We’re All Guinea Pigs In A Failed Decades-Long Diet Experiment

In Harmony with All Life: The Open Source Way + Lifting The Veil: Merging Science And Spirituality

The Ten Most Evil People In The World Today Who Lie About Science, Pharmaceuticals And GMOs

Weather Channel founder Tells CNN “Climate Change Is A Hoax” - 31,000 Scientists Agree & Al Gore Confuses Tides With Global Warming Ocean Rise Apocalypse, Claims Fish Are “Swimming In The Streets” Of Miami Due To Climate Change

The Top Four Reasons Why Many People, Doctors And Scientists Refuse To Take The COVID Vaccine & A New Zealand Doctor Speaks Out Against COVID Policies

“A Blatant Display Of Unscientific Propaganda:” Cornell Student Exposes GMO Propaganda In Scathing New Letter

Heartbreaking Letter From Dying EPA Scientist Begs Monsanto “Moles” Inside The Agency To Stop Lying About Dangers Of RoundUp (Glyphosate) & Monsanto Funneled Money To Front Groups To Attack Anti-GMO Activists, Court Documents Reveal

The COVID-19 RT-PCR Test: How To Mislead All Humanity - Using A “Test” To Lock Down Society + Former Pfizer Science Officer Reveals Great COVID-19 Scam

How ‘Science’ Is Used To Deceive The Public

UN IPCC Scientist Blows Whistle On Lies About Climate, Sea Level

Cot Deaths Linked To Vaccinations + Harvard Medical School Doctor: Vaccine Science Is Not Settled

"The UN's 'Woke' Climate Change Propaganda Is An Insult To Science" + “What They Haven’t Told You About Climate Change.” – According To The Co-Founder of Greenpeace

The Carbonaro Effect: Magician Reveals How Fake News Media Indoctrinates The Gullible Masses With Junk Science

Drunk-Driving And Fake-Science

Darwinism Is “Full Of Holes” And Obsolete As A Scientific Theory, Declares Yale Professor + Mysterious Fossil Footprints May Cast Doubt On Human Evolution Timeline

Don’t Drink The Water: The Dark Side Of Water Fluoridation + Study Shows Water Has Memory: German Scientists Expand On Dr. Emoto’s Work

Discovery Of Massive Volcanic CO2 Emissions Puts Damper On Global Warming Theory & Climate Change Hoax Collapses As New Science Finds Human Activity Has Virtually Zero Impact On Global Temperatures

5G Technology Is The "Stupidest Idea In The History Of The World" Says Washington State Science Professor & Lloyds Of London And Other Insurers Refuse To Cover Health Claims Caused By 5G Wireless Technologies

The Ongoing Destruction Of The Minds Of Children & The Mass Dumbing Down Of Humanity Is Now Confirmed By Scientists

Top New Zealand Scientist Describes “Global Warming” As Pseudo-Science


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Scientific American Writer Exposes The Tribal Cultist Arrogance And Dogmatic Lunacy Of Science 'Skeptics'
September 13 2022 | From: NaturalNews / Various

Today I'm tipping my hat to John Horgan, a blogger who writes for Scientific American, for his extraordinary article entitled Dear "Skeptics," Bash Homeopathy and Bigfoot Less, Mammograms and War More.



In his article, Horgan rightly points out that today's so-called "science skeptics" are little more than dogmatic tribal cultists (my words, not Horgan's) who celebrate "skeptical" thinking concerning their selected philosophical targets while vehemently denying anyone's right to question their own beliefs on things like breast cancer screening, vaccine safety, global warming and genetically engineered foods.


Related:
How ‘Science’ Is Used To Deceive The Public

As Horgan eloquently explains in his piece, real skeptics are skeptical of everything, not just selected topics that are targeted by the madness of status quo science crowds (i.e. the "cult of scientism").


Real Skepticism Means Questioning Everything... Especially the Status Quo

A real skeptic, in other words, would bring critical thinking to all of our science narratives and cultural beliefs, including those that cover the origin of the universe (cosmology), the origin of the human species, the nature of consciousness, the long history of indigenous botanical medicine, the cancer industry and mammography, homeopathy, antidepressant drugs, water filters, the existence of God and everything else imaginable.

But far too many of today's infamous "skeptics" (such as Richard Dawkins) are really just cultists who labor under the false banner of "science."

And they're offensive to real critical thinkers, it turns out.


"I don’t hang out with people who self-identify as capital-S Skeptics. Or Atheists. Or Rationalists," explains Horgan. "When people like this get together, they become tribal.

They pat each other on the back and tell each other how smart they are compared to those outside the tribe. But belonging to a tribe often makes you dumber."

I've seen this myself, on both ends of the medicine spectrum. I've seen insanely stupid pharmacology experts swear that statin drugs are such miraculous chemicals that they should be dripped into the public water supply. But I've also seen "raw foodies" at festivals swearing that their "water vortexer machines" could levitate water in defiance of the laws of gravity.

In both cases, my critical thinking alarms go haywire, and I shake my head in disbelief that so many people are so gullible, regardless of their level of academic education or technical mastery of certain subjects.

A highly trained doctor with an IQ of 200 can be just as functionally stupid as a high school dropout, I've observed. In fact, when it comes to medicine and health, many so-called "experts" are so ignorant of reality that they almost seem cognitively retarded.



Related: Why So Many “Experts” Make Such Disastrous Errors


My Experience as a Food Research Scientist Has Taught Me to Distrust Everything by Default

As a food scientist and lab science director of CWC Labs where I conduct food analysis via ICP-MS, LC/MS-TOF and other instruments, I've become even more skeptical of the mainstream natural products industry over the last few years.

Take note of the massive scam of commercial almond milk sold in grocery stores. Such products contain almost no almonds at all. Instead, they're thickened with carageenan and made to look milky white by the addition of an inorganic mineral compound called calcium carbonate - ground up rocks!

This calcium carbonate, when consumed in large quantities, can cause extreme bone pain, kidney calcification and may even contribute to the calcification of arteries. Yet it's added to a so-called "natural" health product that people are drinking in huge quantities while thinking they're being smart about their health. Truth be told, you'd be far better off drinking raw, unpasteurized cow's milk than commercial almond milk.



Related: How The Dairy Industry Tricked Humans Into Believing They Need Milk

I've also seen so much pollution in "natural" products - including toxic heavy metals and alarming quantities of pesticides and herbicides in supposedly "clean" products - that I've reached the point where my own food manufacturing operation now rejects 80% of the raw material lots we test. (See my upcoming book Food Forensics for detailed ICP-MS analysis revealing the heavy metals concentrations in over 800 foods, supplements and spices.)

Similarly, I find myself rejecting 80% of the total B.S. science nonsense reported by the scientifically illiterate mainstream media... (and sometimes even the "science" media).

I've literally seen seemingly credible reports in the mainstream media that claim the most ludicrous science nonsense, including claims that cars can be "powered" by air and that cell phones can be "powered" by water. The air powered cars stories always neglect to mention that the air must be pressurized by some other energy source; usually coal-generated electricity that's used to power the compressors in the first place.

I've also seen the Associated Press falsely report that all mercury has been removed from all vaccines in America (blatantly false), and I've seen the obedient Monsanto-puppet media (i.e. Forbes.com, a propaganda rag steeped in utterly false journalism) report ridiculous claims such as asserting that glyphosate disintegrates quickly in the food supply.



Related: Heartbreaking Letter From Dying EPA Scientist Begs Monsanto “Moles” Inside The Agency To Stop Lying About Dangers Of RoundUp (Glyphosate) & Monsanto Funneled Money To Front Groups To Attack Anti-GMO Activists, Court Documents Reveal

In truth, this cancer-causing weed killer survives food processing and human digestion, showing up in both urine and breast milk, fully intact in its original molecular form.

So why is there no skepticism among "skeptics" about the food chain persistence of pesticides? The false diagnosis hoax of mammography? The lunatic quack medicine diagnosis of "psychiatric disorders" that are treated with mind-bending psychiatric drugs? Or even the scientifically proven fact that some children are seriously harmed by certain vaccines, most notably HPV vaccines?

As Horgan writes in Scientific American:



"The Science Delusion” is common among Capital-S Skeptics. You don’t apply your skepticism equally. You are extremely critical of belief in God, ghosts, heaven, ESP, astrology, homeopathy and Bigfoot. You also attack disbelief in global warming, vaccines and genetically modified food...

Meanwhile, you neglect what I call hard targets. These are dubious and even harmful claims promoted by major scientists and institutions. In the rest of this talk, I’ll give you examples of hard targets from physics, medicine and biology. I’ll wrap up with a rant about war, the hardest target of all."


Real Scientists Reject the Cult of Scientism



Related: The Cult Of 'Scientism' Explained: How Scientific Claims Behind Cancer, Vaccines, Psychiatric Drugs And GMOs Are Nothing More Than Corporate-Funded Science Fraud

What Horgan is doing is, dare we say, exercising REAL scientific skepticism. He's refusing to sign up for the "cult of scientism" that all the other closed-minded skeptics obediently follow as their dogmatic mental prison.

Horgan understands that legitimate science is a process, not a belief system. "Science" isn't belief in vaccines, GMOs, chemotherapy and global warming. Those are conclusions, not processes.

Real science is a process of discovery; and that process must be subjected to questioning and criticism, or it isn't science at all.

Let me repeat that for emphasis: Real science is a PROCESS, not a set of conclusions. Any "scientific" belief system which rejects critical questioning isn't based in real science at all. It's just dogma.

This explains why the entire vaccine industry - as it is fraudulently promoted today - isn't scientific at all.




Related: The Top Four Reasons Why Many People, Doctors And Scientists Refuse To Take The COVID Vaccine & A New Zealand Doctor Speaks Out Against COVID Policies

Vaccine propaganda is founded in a dogmatic belief system that demands absolute obedience to political vaccine narratives while rejecting even the slightest questions or criticisms about vaccine ingredients, vaccine safety, vaccine adverse events or vaccine efficacy.

For example, merely asking the question of why flu shots still contain over 50,000 ppb mercury -- that's over 25,000 times the EPA limit of mercury in drinking water -- earns you widespread ridicule and condemnation. And yet the mercury is still being injected into children. Yet the entire vaccine propaganda establishment rejects even the hint of discussion of mercury in vaccines, pretending it doesn't exist.

By the way, how do I know for sure that flu shots still contain over 50,000 ppb mercury? Because I tested flu shots myself via ICP-MS. How accuracy is my testing via ICP-MS? My lab was recently awarded a certificate of excellence for producing extremely accurate results in a blind water contamination proficiency test involving 323 laboratories.




Related: A Quick Review Of Fake Medical Diagnostic Tests + Author Exposes The “Vaccine Deep State”- A Massive Criminal Fraud And Embezzlement Ring Inside The CDC

The vaccine establishment, as Natural News readers well know, is practicing delusional thinking masquerading as science. It's just as delusional as so-called "psychic surgeons" who claim to pull diseased liver parts out of a patient's body (which later turn out to be chicken livers, go figure...).

Any real skeptic, upon observing the quackery, propaganda and blatant deception of the vaccine industry, would have to conclude that the way vaccines are formulated, approved and promoted today makes a mockery of science.



More "Science" B.S. is Readily Found in the Fields of Physics and Medicine, Too


Speaking on the subject of computing and AI systems, Horgan explains;


"The Singularity is an apocalyptic cult, with science substituted for God. When high-status scientists promote flaky ideas like the Singularity and multiverse, they hurt science. They undermine its credibility on issues like global warming."

Of course, Horgan may not yet understand that belief in man-made global warming as the primary cause for rising CO2 levels is also based on a politicized science cult. But that's not even the point. I don't expect other scientists to arrive at the same conclusions I've reached.



Related: UN IPCC Scientist Blows Whistle On Lies About Climate, Sea Level

What I do expect, however, is that scientists should honor the process of critical scientific thinking. If they honor the process, they will eventually reach the correct conclusions on subjects such as man-made global warming, vaccine safety problems, the total con job of statin drugs and so on.

On medicine, Horgan nails it. He gets the fact that today's medical screening system is largely a fraud:



"Over the past half-century, physicians and hospitals have introduced increasingly sophisticated, expensive tests. They assure us that early detection of disease will lead to better health.

But tests often do more harm than good. For every woman whose life is extended because a mammogram detected a tumor, up to 33 receive unnecessary treatment, including biopsies, surgery, radiation and chemotherapy. For men diagnosed with prostate cancer after a PSA test, the ratio is 47 to one. Similar data are emerging on colonoscopies and other tests."

He's also right on the mark when it comes to psychiatric drugs and their fraudulent marketing:


"Over the last few decades, American psychiatry has morphed into a marketing branch of Big Pharma. I started critiquing medications for mental illness more than 20 years ago, pointing out that antidepressants like Prozac are scarcely more effective than placebos.

In retrospect, my criticism was too mild. Psychiatric drugs help some people in the short term, but over time, in the aggregate, they make people sicker.


He also exposes the total fraud of so-called "gene discoveries" that ridiculously claim genes have been discovered for things like gay-ness or intelligence:

Another hard target that needs your attention is behavioral genetics, which seeks the genes that make us tick. I call it gene-whiz science, because the media and the public love it.

Over the past several decades, geneticists have announced the discovery of "genes for" virtually every trait or disorder. We’ve had the God gene, gay gene, alcoholism gene, warrior gene, liberal gene, intelligence gene, schizophrenia gene, and on and on.

None of these linkages of single genes to complex traits or disorders has been confirmed. None!"


Much of What You'reTold Today Under the Banner of "Science" is Complete Bullshit


Horgan has come to the same conclusion that I've reached through a different path: Much of what we are taught today under the banner of "science" is complete bunk. Some of it is sheer hucksterism, and a lot of it qualifies as criminal fraud.

Check out my recent video compilation:


The 12 Biggest SCIENCE LIES You've Been Told by Corporations, Government and the Corrupt Media






At the top of that list of science frauds is, of course, vaccines. As I've exhaustively documented here on Natural News, many popular vaccines (flu shots, measles, mumps) simply don't work at all. Shockingly, outright admissions of a complete lack of scientific testing of the efficacy of such vaccines is admitted on their insert sheets.



Related: Why Mandatory Vaccination Is Unethical And Immoral + California Medical Doctor Explains How Doctors Receive No Medical Training on Vaccines – Indoctrination On Belief In Vaccines & First-Ever Peer-Reviewed Study Of Vaccinated Vs Unvaccinated Children Shows Vaccinated Kids Have A Higher Rate Of Sickness, 470% Increase In Autism

The Flulaval vaccine insert sheet, for example, admits there are "No controlled trials demonstrating a decrease in influenza" among people being injected with the vaccine.

Similarly, many vaccines are approved by the FDA's only after the regulatory agency reviewed so-called "scientific" studies authored by the vaccine manufacturers themselves -- studies that involved blood samples which were deliberately adulterated by vaccine manufacturers to product fraudulent results.

Yet despite these extraordinary admissions of lack of efficacy, vaccine research fraud and the known toxicity of vaccine ingredients (which still include formaldehyde, mercury, aluminum and MSG), the systematic rejection of such evidence by vaccine promoting "science skeptics" borders on the fringe of mental illness.

These are not scientists at all... they are con artists and criminals - like Poul Thorsen, a fugitive from justice who was once a CDC researcher - pretending to be scientists.

As a real scientist, I've dared to ask 21 questions we're never allowed to ask about vaccines. Such questions are based on reason and rationality. They include commonsense questions such as, "If measles vaccines confer measles immunity, then why do already-vaccinated children have anything to fear from a measles outbreak?"




The government tells us that lead in water is bad, but mercury in vaccines is good...


It is notable that the entire vaccine establishment not only refuses to answer such questions; they consider the mere act of questioning vaccine dogma to be blasphemy. The demand for absolute obedience to the false narratives surrounding vaccines has reached such a fever pitch that anyone can now see it's no longer based in science at all.

It is a kind of religious fervor put on by deranged zealots who claim an intellectual monopoly over all things related to vaccines. This phenomenon is, in a very real way, a "scientific dictatorship" - an apt oxymoron to describe today's juxtaposition of conformist demands and so-called "scientific evidence."



Related: Five Historical Vaccine Scandals Suppressed By The Establishment & FDA Admits Vaccines Contaminated With Serious Viruses Including Cancer + Measles Vaccination Is Not Protecting Against Measles

Hint: If you aren't allowed to ask questions about the evidence, it isn't evidence at all. It's dogma, plain and simple. Vaccine proponents, as they operate today, are faith-based dogmatists who don't need any legitimate evidence because they BELIEVE in vaccines. Their belief is so strong that it outweighs all evidence contrary to their current beliefs. And in case you didn't notice, what I've just described here is a cult, not a science.



Vaccine "Science" is a Massive Con Job

The other huge con job found in vaccines is described thusly: Vaccines only "work" on those who don't need them. In other words, when vaccines do work, they do so by initiating an immune response to a weakened virus that's introduced into the body.

This response requires an active and complex immune system that's functioning well... the same kind of immune system, in other words, that could ward off an infection of a live virus encountered in the wild.

Meanwhile, people who have suppressed immune systems and are therefore extremely vulnerable to infections in the wild also happen to have extremely poor (and sometimes completely nullified) responses to vaccines. They don't build antibodies, in other words, so the vaccines don't work for them (they are non-efficacious).



Related: U.S. Govt Loses Landmark Vaccine Lawsuit & Expert Study Shows Vaccinations Actually Turn Your Own Bodies Immune System Against You

In order to make vaccines "work" better on those with weakened immune systems, vaccine manufacturers add adjuvant chemicals that are irritants which cause excessive inflammation in the hope of eliciting a stronger immune response. While this may help some people, it also carries a very real risk of causing inflammatory damage to the neurology of some children who receive these vaccines.

The results, as borne out by the vaccine adverse events databases and Vaccine Injury Compensation Program, is a growing number of children who are maimed, neurological damaged, put into comas or even killed by vaccines.



Related: Vaccines For Profit And Destruction & You Cannot Be Pro-Freedom And Pro-Forced Vaccinations At The Same Time

The entire "skeptics" cult of modern medicine denies any of this is happening, and that's one reason why the skeptics are increasingly seen as high-functioning idiots who are possibly vaccine damaged themselves.

Zealotous hate-bloggers like Doctor David Gorski - a psychopathic, mentally ill vaccine promoter who also carries out cancer surgery on African-American victims in Detroit - now characterize the skeptics cult, a cabal of mentally deranged lunatics and gay sex fetish seekers like James Randi who was caught on tape soliciting sex from a young man.

Richard Dawkins, for his part, is also an anti-consciousness cultist who believes in the irrational dualism that no other humans on this planet are conscious beings other than himself. Everybody else, he claims, is an unconscious biological robot suffering under the illusion of self awareness.



Meet Three Real Scientists We Need to Empower to Ask More Questions of the Scientific Establishment


What kind of people do we really need to see more of in the realm of scientific skepticism? People like Rupert Sheldrake, author of Science Set Free. Sheldrake's work is transformative, as it challenges the underlying non-scientific assumptions of modern science.

We also need more people like Gilbert Welch, author of Less Medicine, More Health. This book challenges the seven false assumptions of modern medicine.



Another extraordinary scientist who deserves our support is Dr. David Lewis, author of Science for Sale: How the US Government Uses Powerful Corporations and Leading Universities to Support Government Policies, Silence Top Scientists, Jeopardize Our Health, and Protect Corporate Profits.

Dr. Lewis was maliciously attacked, discredited and ultimately thrown out of the government-funded scientific establishment for the simple reason that he questioned the safety of toxic biosludge -- recycled human and industrial waste that's sold as "organic fertilizer" to be spread on home gardens, childrens' playgrounds and city parks.





(I am currently investigating biosludge in my laboratory and will have some truly shocking, mind-blowing results to share with everyone this summer... you won't believe what's in this crap...) Check out Dr. Lewis's recent post entitled Inspector General dismantled scientific integrity at EPA.

The other thing we need, quite frankly, is independent scientists like myself who are conducting cutting edge, truly independent science, without any financial ties to governments, corporations or academia.

My science lab, which has now passed our ISO 17025 accreditation audit, is free to pursue precisely the kind of scientific analysis of food and medicine that is blackballed or censored in the government-funded scientific community.

Other scientists would lose their jobs if they pursued the kind of science I'm pursuing on a daily basis with absolute freedom.

Notably, this makes me a rare practitioner of real, independent science and a protector of the very kind of independent skepticism and scientific analysis that should be embraced by any system of knowledge that's based on legitimate science.


Yet the science I'm conducting is widely considered a threat to the scientific establishment, precisely because I'm willing to analyze vaccines for heavy metals and organic chemicals, for example.
Such research is simply not allowed by the cult of scientism (the vaccine zealots) because they depend on widespread ignorance of vaccine composition to continue parlaying their fraudulent lies about vaccine safety.


I Honor Scientists Who Pursue a Rigorous Process of Critical Thinking... and I Despise Obedient Status Quo Cultists

John Horgan might not yet be aware of the full story on vaccines, so he might disagree with me on such conclusions. But that's not the point. I honor Horgan's commitment to asking big questions. In fact, I honor those who vehemently disagree with me as long as they are following a process of authentic inquiry and open-minded skepticism.

What I despise is science cultists, dogmatic science propagandists and the worship of the "high priests" of science such as Neil DeGrasse Tyson, who can only be described as a "sciency" sleight-of-mind huckster who has more in common with stage illusionist David Copperfield than, say, Richard Feynman.



Related: The Carbonaro Effect: Magician Reveals How Fake News Media Indoctrinates The Gullible Masses With Junk Science

Tyson, like Dawkins, is a cultist. He has zero intellectual integrity and has sold out to the tribal dogmatists who spin tall tales of irrational mysticism that currently pass for "accepted science."

For my part, I don't claim to have all the answers - no human mind can possibly dare to claim a full understanding of the mysteries of nature (or the mind of God, for that matter).

But as a real scientist, I'm willing to skeptically explore the evidence on just about anything.

I don't reject entire fields of scientific inquiry merely because they are taboo. It doesn't mean I'm a sucker for silly claims, just that I'm intelligent and humble enough to realize that nature is far more mysterious than any human mind can possibly grasp. And we have much more to learn... many more scientific discoveries to make in the years ahead.



Related: These Five Traits Can Only Be Found In Genuine Empaths & Psychic Abilities Everyone Can Unlock

For example, psychic phenomena are often called "paranormal." But what if they are so commonplace that they're actually normal? Why can't we study things like pets somehow anticipating the random arrivals of their owners many minutes in advance? Or mothers having a seemingly intuitive emotional connection to their children even when separated by distance? Why can't we study dream premonition?

Consciousness after biological death? Or even the possibility that the brain is a "quantum antenna" that can receive information transmitted from other conscious sources, transmitted by a quantum entanglement mechanism that Einstein described as "spooky action at a distance?"

If we are true scientists, we must at least BE CURIOUS about the nature of the universe and the apparent consciousness we seem to experience inside that universe. The minute we lose curiosity and decide we have all the answers, we cease being scientists at all.



At that point, we just become mentally incapacitated dogmatic fools... like Dawkins and Randi, two people whom history will judge as being not just unwise hucksters, but even for slowing the progress of human knowledge into realms of understanding that are viciously attacked by "skeptics" today.

I often wonder just how many people have died needlessly due to the malicious "skepticism" of info-terrorist David Gorski or the Quackwatch propagandist Stephen Barrett.

How many cases of cancer could have been prevented or reversed by natural and complementary medicine?

How many studies might have been conducted in the pursuit of natural cures if not for the vicious, aggressive assaults on scientific curiosity being waged by "cult of scientism" intellectual bigots?



We'll never know the answer to that question, but at least a few people like John Horgan are willing to start asking some legitimate questions about the false assumptions of "skeptics." Have no doubt that Horgan himself will be maliciously slandered, attacked, defamed, censored and lied about for daring to ask such questions.

The one thing today's bullshit scientific establishment cannot tolerate is actual skepticism. It threatens the cultist beliefs of the faithful "scientism" worshippers, you see...



Related Articles:

The Ongoing Destruction Of The Minds Of Children & The Mass Dumbing Down Of Humanity Is Now Confirmed By Scientists

Scientists Explain How Earth’s Magnetic Field Connects All Living Systems

Extracting Energy From The Quantum Vacuum: Can Zero-Point Energy Power Our Planet? & For 30 Years The US Department Of Energy And “Scientific Establishment” Has Blocked The Truth About Cold Fusion (Low-Energy Nuclear Reactions), The Ultimate “Renewable” Energy Solution For Humanity

Darwinism Is “Full Of Holes” And Obsolete As A Scientific Theory, Declares Yale Professor + Mysterious Fossil Footprints May Cast Doubt On Human Evolution Timeline

The Global Takeover Is Underway & A Skeptical Look At The ‘Great Reset’: A Technocratic Agenda That Waited Years For A Global Crisis To Exploit

People’s Skepticism About Covid-19 Is The Fault Of The Lying Mass Media & A Personal Take On Covid-19 “Conspiracy Theories”


Science Explains Why Highly Intelligent People Prefer To Be Alone

Science Confirms That People Absorb Energy From Others

Everything Is Rigged: Medicine, Science, Elections, The Media, Money, Education, Search Engines, Social Media... You Are Living In A Fabricated Fairy Tale

The COVID-19 RT-PCR Test: How To Mislead All Humanity - Using A “Test” To Lock Down Society + Former Pfizer Science Officer Reveals Great COVID-19 Scam

Exposing The Bogus "97% Consensus" Claim Over Climate Change 'Science' & Top-Level Climate Modeler Spills The Beans On The ‘Nonsense’ Of ‘Global Warming Crisis’


“A Blatant Display Of Unscientific Propaganda:” Cornell Student Exposes GMO Propaganda In Scathing New Letter

Research Shocks Scientists: Human Emotion Physically Shapes Reality

Harvard Scientific Paper Details Entire Geo-Engineering Program Using Jet Aircraft



Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Willful Ignorance: Why We Stay Oblivious To Facts That Threaten Our Health And The Planet
September 12 2022 | From: WakingTimes / Various

How many times have you read or heard that refined sugar and processed meats are bad for you? Or how many pictures have you seen that show plastic pollution pervading the oceans?



But yet, many of us remain willfully blind to these fundamental facts. We make very little changes in our lifestyle even though our habits may be destroying our bodies and planet. Why does this happen?

Related: So You’ve Woken Up… Now What?

In her book Willful Blindness, Margaret Hefferman argues that it is our human nature to willingly ignore the facts, even if they are destructive.


“Failing to see – or admit to ourselves or our colleagues – the issues and problems in plain sight can ruin private lives and bring down corporations."

- Margaret Hefferman


Willful Ignorance is Just Easy

Each one of us has constructed our own specific set of beliefs. We base them on our past experiences, ideas and relationships with others.

Your beliefs are hard-wired into your brain. Thus, instead of taking the time to assess contradictions and form doubts, you willfully rationalize your beliefs.

Let’s be honest. It’s easy to block out uncomfortable realities (like prevalence of the herbicide glyphosate in food products marketed to children…or the fact that seven million tons of plastic end up in the oceans each year.)



Related: Now That You’ve Awakened, How Do You Help Awaken Others?

These facts can be scary and difficult to digest. Truly accepting them would require thought and action, and who has time for that!

No one wants to be called dramatic, or Debbie-downer, or conspiracy theorist. Frankly, we just want to be accepted by our peers.

Conformity
often trumps rationale. Take a moment and think: how often do you use your culture, social norms or identity to justify your point of view or action? I’m definitely guilty of it.

Cognitive psychologist, Albert Bandura, states:


“…people transform harmful practices into worthy ones, coming up with social justification, distancing themselves with euphemisms and numbers, ignoring the long-term consequences of their actions.”

I would guess we’re all guilty of rejecting contradictions to our beliefs about what lifestyle is acceptable, especially if they make us uncomfortable.

Researchers Daniel T. Gilbert et al. from The University of Texas at Austin examined why this happens. They suggest that “belief is first, easy, and inexorable and that doubt is retroactive, difficult, and only occasionally successful.”

What Glibert et. al. found is that when an idea or fact supports a belief, then we accept it passively without much efforts.

Yet, when an idea or fact create doubt, we need the cognitive ability and motivation logically evaluate it.



Related: NWO Control System Vs. The Awakening - Which Will Win?

Basically, we have to make ourselves disbelieve our initial belief. That, my friends, takes effort. Many of us are not willing to put in that effort.

Hence, we’re back to willful ignorance.

Hefferman states:


“People are about twice as likely to seek information that supports their own point of view as they are to consider an opposing idea.


The Influencers of our Beliefs

What’s concerning is that many of our beliefs are shaped by corporations and media.

We do not give this much thought, because very few people are willing to talk about subliminal programming. (This is a perfect example of willful ignorance!)

Yet, most generations living today grew up in front of the TV. Newscasters, Hollywood producers, and advertisers have been feeling ideas of what is rights, what is acceptable and what should be ridiculed.



Related: Five Damaging Lies Advertisements Desperately Want You To Believe

The problem is surmounted with the influence of religions, educators and governments. Most of these have their own agendas, unbeknownst to us during our childhood and young adulthood.


It’s OK to Change Your Mind

What’s exciting is that we now live is a completely different world than even 20 years ago. We have access to massive amounts of information. It is all at our fingertips.

Social psychologists, activists, and thought leaders, such as Hefferman, are able to share their knowledge, experience and wisdom with the masses.

Where the challenge lies is in our willingness to give thought to contradictions. It’s ok to consider information that oppose the official story you were fed in school or the marketing pitch of massive corporations. It’s ok to change your mind.



Related: Dr. Russell Blaylock Explains Why The Masses Are Becoming Cognitively Retarded And Incapable Of Rational Thought

Perhaps milk “Does not do A Body Good.” When you’re drinking a Coke, you don’t “Catch the Wave”…instead you pollute the wave.

Maybe, just maybe, it’s not weird but smart to homeschool, opt out of politics, and stop reading/watching the news.

Ms. Hefferman writes in the book:


“Whether individual or collective, willful blindness doesn’t have a single driver, but many. It is a human phenomenon to which we all succumb in matters little and large. We can’t notice and know everything: the cognitive limits of our brain simply won’t let us.

That means we have to filter or edit what we take in. So what we choose to let through and to leave out is crucial. We mostly admit the information that makes us feel great about ourselves, while conveniently filtering whatever unsettles our fragile egos and most vital beliefs.
.”


It may be beneficial to reflect on what you’re filtering out because it intimidates your ego.

Next time something contradicts one of your beliefs, it may be a noteworthy practice to give these new ideas some thought.


Related Articles:

Academic Warns: Young People’s Ignorance Of Socialism Risks “Absolute Catastrophe” & Goodbye Free Internet, Government Is Already Here

Cycles Of History Ignored – Selective Ignorance

The Superiority Of Multipolar World Order Is Now Undeniable

Jared Kushner Explains How Mueller’s Junk Report Of Russian Facebook Influence Was Deep State Garbage

Former CNN Host Piers Morgan Blasts The Crazy Left: “Liberals Have Become Unbearable” Which Is Why Trump Populism “Is Rising” + Subliminal Messages In Advertising: How They Affect Your Mind

You Are Being Programmed: Five Ways Your Thoughts Are Being Driven Against Your Own Self-Interest

Who Programmed The Eco-Terrorism Zombie? - Ten Reasons Greta Thunberg Is A Fraud + Dozens Of Failed Climate Predictions Stretch 80 Years Back

Former Facebook Executive: “You Don’t Realize It, But You Are Being Programmed” + Inventor Of The World Wide Web Warns Tech Giants Must Be Regulated, Or The ‘Net Will Plunge Into “Weaponization” That Harms Society

They Live, We Sleep: Beware The Growing Evil In Our Midst

Ten Psychological Behavior Tips That Can Make Your Life Easier


Are You Awake? Or Just Informed

Manifesto Of The Awakened

How To Realise Your True Calling & The 5 Stages Of Awakening: Are Demons Walking Among Us?

Reclaiming The Earth: Steps Towards A Collective Awakening - Max Igan

Former CIA Agent: It's Time To Talk About What’s Really Causing Terrorism & Elites Openly Calling To Rise Up Against 'Ignorant Masses"

Senior Academic Condemns ‘Deluded’ Supporters Of GM Food As Being ‘Anti-Science’ And Ignoring Evidence Of Dangers

I Woke Up And The World Around Me Is Still Asleep: What To Do? + Once you Learn These Nine Lessons From Confucius, Your Priorities In Life Will Completely Change

The Masses Are Awakening

The Great Transformation: A World Awakening

Brainwashed: The Goal Of The Media Is To Poison The Minds Of The Masses With Toxic Hatred And Engineered “Thought Loops”


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Federal Grand Jury To Hear Evidence That 9/11 Was A Controlled Demolition
+ President Donald Trump Implies 9/11 Was A Controlled Demolition [Archival]
September 11 2022 | From: WakingTimes/ GlobalResearch / Various

The 9/11 truth movement has been active and persistent for 20 years, and while mainstream media won’t touch the story, and while most Americans refuse to even consider the possibility that the attacks were an inside job, the actual evidence supporting controlled demolition theory is so convincing that a legitimate federal grand jury investigation will address this very question.



Thousands of architects and engineers, pilots, security professionals, journalists and concerned citizens have been demanding that the federal government release the truth about the attacks.

Comment: Whilst this article is fom the archives, it remains as relevant as ever. Some video links below should be clicked on to be viewed at the source platform. Censorship continues. A section of more recent links has been added.

Related: A Majority of Americans Do Not Believe the Official 9/11 Story

All noted that there is overwhelming circumstantial and scientific evidence proving that the World Trade Center towers, including building 7, were brought down by a pre-planned controlled demolition.

The evidence for this is exceptionally captivating, and The Lawyers’ Committee for 9/11 Inquiry has successfully submitted a petition to the federal government demanding that a grand jury consider this possibility.

Finally, the U.S. Attorney has issued a response, agreeing to ‘comply with the law’ and open a grand jury investigation. This could mark the most substantial progress to date in the fight for 9/11 truth.


The Lawyers’ Committee’s April 10th 52-page original Petition was accompanied by 57 exhibits and presented extensive evidence that explosives were used to destroy three WTC buildings.

That evidence included independent scientific laboratory analysis of WTC dust samples showing the presence of high-tech explosives and/or incendiaries; numerous first-hand reports by First Responders of explosions at the WTC on 9/11; expert analysis of seismic evidence that explosions occurred at the WTC towers on 9/11 prior to the airplane impacts and prior to the building collapses; and expert analysis by architects, engineers, and scientists concluding that the rapid onset symmetrical near-free-fall acceleration collapse of three WTC high rise buildings on 9/11 exhibited the key characteristics of controlled demolition.

The Lawyers’ Committee’s July 30th Amended Petition addresses several additional federal crimes beyond the federal bombing crime addressed in the original Petition.

The Lawyers’ Committee concluded in the petitions that explosive and incendiary devices preplaced at the WTC were detonated causing the complete collapse of the WTC Twin Towers on 9/11 and increasing the tragic loss of life.

-
Source

This famous video of the free fall collapse of WTC building 7 has haunted the internet for years, demanding justice.

In it, you can see a virtually unharmed building being brought down in a matter of seconds, exactly like a professional controlled building demolition.






Related: 9/11 War Games


The following interview with the founder of Architects & Engineers for 9/11 Truth goes into great detail about the criminal nature of the cover up of the truth about these attacks.







Related: Beneath the Official Lies and Sordid Story Leading up to the War on Iraq: Lt. Col. Karen Kwiatkowski’s Sam Adams Award Acceptance Speech

Final Thoughts

Seventeen years after the worst terrorist attack in modern history, we may be finally seeing some official recognition that the official story is false and incomplete.

Will the truth finally be revealed? Time will tell. While we wait, however, you can view the petition to the federal grand jury here.


Related Articles:

American Intelligence Media: 9/11 Twin Towers Atrocity Video

Jon Stewart Obliterates Congress During 9/11 Hearing

9/11 Truth Still Struggling For Official Recognition of Known Facts

FBI and DOJ Sued for Failure to Report 9/11 Evidence to Congress

Video of Cruise Missile Hitting Pentagon on 911

9/11 Nuclear – The Unequivocal Story

Directed Energy Weapons and 9/11 Twin Towers…

NYC Fire Chiefs Call for 9/11 Investigation


More Recent Links:

9/11: The Latest Science Collapses The Mainstream Narrative

Investigating 9/11 and Naming Suspects. Evaluating Evidence

9/11 Truth: The Mysterious Collapse of WTC Seven

September 11, 2001: Questions to Ask if You Still Believe the Official Narrative

9/11 Explosive Evidence. Experts Speak Out

September 11, 2001: The 20th Anniversary of “The Big Lie”

9/11 and the Global War on Terrorism

September 11, 2001: The War Crimes Committed “In the Name of 9/11”

Some of the Many Things Most Americans Never Heard About 9/11

The 9/11 Deception Remains In Control Of America’s Destiny

President Donald Trump’s Promise on 9/11 Disclosure - It Was the Israeli’s

Is the U.S. Government the Enemy of the People? America’s Lost Liberties, Post-9/11

When Americans Fell for the 9/11 Deception They Lost Their Country

Remembering 9/11 and the criminal neocons who engineered it to destroy evidence of deep state criminality...

9/11 Whistleblowers: Kevin Ryan

More on 9/11 - The Truth Is Coming Out

The Official 9/11 Explanation is The Greatest “Coincidence Theory” Ever

Judicial Watch Sued To Get Footage of The ‘Plane’ Hitting The Pentagon On 9/11

Media Response to Engineering Report on WTC 7

New Study: Fire Did Not Cause WTC7 To Collapse

Presstitute Blackout of 9/11 Study

9/11 Information Center

Review Patrick Pasin in The FBI, Accomplice of 9/11 - 9/11 Inside Job, FBI Knew in Advance...

New 9/11 Video Names Names

Everyone on the Scene Knew that Building 7 Was a Controlled Demolition

The USA PATRIOT Act: The Story of an Impulsive Bill that Eviscerated America's Civil Liberties

WTC7 -- This is an Orange

University Study Finds Fire Did Not Cause Building 7’s Collapse on 9/11

Rik Mayall's final film Drama or public warning film

9/11: A Catalyst For Consciousness Evolution

Why 9/11 Matters 19 Years Later. The Spinning of 9/11, “Political Trickery”

19 Years After 9/11: The Truth Behind America’s Darkest Day

The 19th Anniversary of the Deep State Attack On America

James Corbett interviews Richard Gage on recent research, planned events and legal proceedings.

Why Aren't Insurers 9/11 Truthers?

Examining 9/11 and America’s “War on Terrorism”

"No Planes" - A 9-11 Documentary by Hibbeler Productions

9/11 - A Catalyst For Consciousness Evolution

Bombshell Book In Germany Revives 9/11 As A Business Model

Biden Issues Executive Order Directing Release of Some 9/11 Documents

9/11 True Story of the Collapse revealed, World Trade Center 7, Paul C. Roberts






Fires Did Not Cause WTC Building 7 Collapse, New Study Finds

Four-year study uses computer models to recreate multiple collapse scenarios.



A new study from university researchers concludes uncontrolled fires did not bring down World Trade Center building 7, as contended in the official story regarding 9/11.


Related: The Official Story of the Collapse of WTC Building 7 Lies in Ruins

Engineers at the University of Alaska Fairbanks recreated sophisticated computer models of the Salomon Brothers building based on actual blueprints of the building’s construction.

After a four-year research project, they found it was not likely for fires to have compromised the structural integrity of the 47-story tower enough to lead to the collapse at free fall speed, which can be witnessed in video footage of the building’s collapse.


University Study Concludes: Fire Did Not Bring Down Building 7 on 9/11





The Study Concludes:


It is our conclusion that the collapse of WTC 7 was a global failure involving the near simultaneous failure of all columns in the building and not a progressive collapse involving the sequential failure of columns throughout the building.

Despite simulating a number of hypothetical scenarios, we were unable to identify any progressive sequence of failures that could have taken place on September 11, 2001, and caused a total collapse of the building, let alone the observed straight-down collapse with approximately 2.5 seconds of free fall and minimal differential movement of the exterior.

In-depth research into the collapse was never conducted, according to AE911Truth, because the debris was hauled off and destroyed in the days following 9/11.

Seven years later, federal investigators concluded that WTC 7 was the first steel-framed high-rise ever to have collapsed solely as a result of normal office fires,notes AE911Truth, a group of over 200 architects and engineers who question the official narrative surrounding the 9/11 attacks.


Read the study:





Related Articles:

9/11 “Mastermind” to Talk? Firefighters Call for “Pre-Planted Explosives” to be Investigated by Grand Jury

Norwegian State Television presents 9/11 Truth

9/11 and Drug Money

How 9/11 Was Funded: The Man behind the Missing $2.3 Trillion

The Woman At The Edge Of The Abyss

Demystifying 9/11: Israel and the Tactics of Mistake

WTC7: The "Smoking Gun" of 9/11

Banned 911 Report: The Smoking Gun


President Donald Trump Implies 9/11 Was A Controlled Demolition

The destruction of the World Trade Towers on 9/11 is an event that continues to spark our awakening to the malice contained at the heart of several governments.



These governments are dangled from a string by the corporations who sit above them, who are in turn dangled by the financial elite who sit above them.

Related: Trump: "I Think I Know" Who Was Behind 9/11 Attacks

This is important to know. Prominent politicians have referenced this ‘secret government’ for decades, but when a topic like the ‘deep state‘ is presented on mainstream media, it’s pushed as a conspiracy theory.


In Brief:

The Facts: Donald Trump's comments on 9/11 suggest that bombs were involved in taking down the World Trade towers. He joins a long and growing list of people suggesting that this was actually a controlled demolition.

Reflect On: Why does the US continue to hide truth about 9/11? Why do they refuse to do a proper investigation?

While this can get frustrating, a growing number of people are seeing through the veil more than ever.

The End of Our Innocence

Prior to 9/11, many global citizens, especially American citizens, could not fathom that their government could do anything so barbaric, so unethical, and so destructive.

It’s quite ironic that for years, Western media has falsely accused several politicians of other nations of murdering their own people, such as chemical gas attacks being blamed on Syrian president Bashar al Assad. 

But many people are seeing through this, and coming to understand how false flag terrorism has been used a lot throughout history, both prior to and post 9/11. That said,  no event has had the awakening effect that 9/11 had and continues to have.

Today, we have thousands of architects and engineers, many academicians and even peer-reviewed studies that show there is no possible way that planes could have brought down the two towers, as well as the official story about the collapse of building number seven, which wasn’t even hit by a plane.



Related: Summary On 9/11 And Inconsistencies Regarding The Official Story

This is why the global citizenry, and judging by the latest polls, the American citizenry, do not believe the official story put out by the government regarding what really happened on that day.

It’s not because we are stupid, it’s not because we are ‘conspiracy theorists,’ it’s simply because we questioned what was being told to us via mainstream media, and decided to investigate for ourselves.


Donald Trump Weighs In

U.S. Politicians and others within government have not really questioned what happened on 9/11 – except for Donald Trump.

One of his engineers was the architect of the building. Here’s what he had to say, taken from this interview:


"It wasn’t architectural defect… The World Trade Center was always known as a very very strong building… Don’t forget that building took a bomb in the basement (1993).

Now the basement is the most vulnerable place because that’s your foundation, and it withstood that…

I got to see that area, about three or four days after it took place because one of my structural engineers actually took me for a tour, because he did the building and I said “I can’t believe it.”

The building was standing solid and half of the columns were blown out…So, this was an unbelievably powerful building.”

After talking about the structure of the building, and the way it was built with the steel on the outside (first building ever to do so for structural purposes …), and how it’s not possible for a plane to destroy that, he went on to say:

"How could a plane, even a 767 or a 747 or whatever it might have been, how could it possibly go through the steel?

I happen to think they had not only a plane but they had bombs that exploded almost simultaneously because I just can’t imagine anything being able to go through that wall... I just think that there was a plane with more than just fuel.

Obviously they were very big planes, they were going very rapidly…You’re talking about taking out steel, the heaviest caliber steel that was used on the building. These buildings were rock solid."

Trump also stated the fact that the US government had knowledge before the attack before it happened, and they still did not stop it. He also mentioned that he saw a big hole in some of the steel beams, hinting to explosions.




The Top 40 Reasons to Doubt the Official 9/11 Story





Related: The First Question To Ask After Any Terror Attack: Was It A False Flag?




Trump has been quite outspoken regarding corporate control over the government,  as well as all of the deceit that goes on as to how our government has been hijacked by rogue groups within the government.

It’s easy to see why he was and is completely vilified. It had nothing to do with racism or sexism, and if you think this, you’re simply regurgitating what you get from television programming, and have no understanding of how politics works.

We go into it deeper here: The Deep Truth Behind Why Trump Is President


Other Commentators On The Deep State

Below is a great quote from Robert W. Welch Jr, given way back in 1958, addressing the Deep State.


“So brush the insiders dust out of your eyes, my friends, and the communist soap suds out of your Brain, and ask yourselves in all honesty, what on Earth is wrong with the United States simply minding its own business, or with having its foreign policy function primarily for the safety and benefit of the American people?

Which is exactly what we had done for the first 140 years of our existence as a nation, to the incredible advantage of ourselves and everybody else, everybody, that is, except a numerically small clique of power-lusting conspirators who have somehow inflicted themselves on a gullible world.”

The American empire has had a history of infiltrating and destroying other countries through unethical means (terrorism) and then stepping in to be a ‘savior,’ imposing their will on others.



Related: Putin Warned Bush About Impending Attack Two Days Before 9/11

This has been done through the most savage means, with 9/11 being one small example compared to what they’ve done overseas.


“The real menace of our Republic is the invisible government, which like a giant octopus sprawls its slimy legs over our cities, states and nation...

The little coterie of powerful international bankers virtually run the United States government for their own selfish purposes.

They practically control both parties … [and] control the majority of the newspapers and magazines in this country."

- John F. Hylan was Mayor of New York City from 1918-1925

But it is not representative of America, but rather the corruption within politics and the deep state that in no way represents the will of the American people.

Steve R. Pieczenik is one of many people from ‘within’ these ranks who is currently speaking about this. He’s a former United States Department of State official and has been involved with the intelligence community for years.

He’s been through and worked within multiple administrations. He has been providing updates on what is happening, the deep state that exists within the American government and how there is currently a ‘battle’ between the Trump administration and the deep state.

You can find those interviews online everywhere, he conducted most of them with Alex Jones. He’s also been outspoken and addressed that Trump has already commented on 9/11, and referenced the interview below.



Related: 9/11: The Evidence


Trump Survived The Attacks

This is why Trump has been vilified. I’ll leave you with this great quote from author Richard Dolan, taken from one of his 2016 articles.


“For sure, the power elite closed ranks and did everything possible to ensure a victory for Clinton.

This included not only the Democratic party (which previously played dirty pool against Bernie Sanders), but the entire mainstream media machine, the financial community, the EU, and even the Republican party itself.

If nothing else, I had concluded that the media alone had done a sufficient job of demonizing Trump – multiple negative headlines daily for more than a year – to make him unelectable to the American people.

For more than a year, we have been told that Trump is a racist, sexist, xenophobe, liar, cheat, and narcissist. The attack bears all the marks of a coordinated effort among the major news outlets: CNN, NYT, WaPo, HuffPo, USA Today, and the rest.

It reminded me very much of the concerted med
ia attack against Brazil’s Dilma Rousseff which culminated earlier in 2016 in her impeachment and removal from power.

In the case of Rousseff, we see what has been alternately described as a soft coup or a Wall Street coup, rather along the lines of the “color revolutions” of a few years earlier (which are now largely understood as CIA-NGO orchestrated).

In both cases, pretexts were created and hammered home by an insistent media that whipped up public opinion. In Brazil, it worked. It seemed like it would work in the U.S.

It is important to understand why Trump was demonized. To be sure, his character makes it easy.

There is no shortage of narcissistic, sexist, or otherwise offensive statements in his repertoire from which to draw.

But I have never and will never believe this is why he was demonized. Ultimately, Trump is a disruptor, and his disruption falls squarely against the two key pillars of the American ruling elite’s ideology: neoliberalism and neoconservatism.”

There are many reasons to believe that Trump’s survival is a sign that the deep state is losing its power, and that the battle that Steve Pieczenik talks about is going in favor of the Trump administration and their allies.

If so, 2018 [19] might be the last year we have to pass through 9/11 without the full and incontestable knowledge about what actually happened. For more articles from Collective Evolution on 9/11, click here.


Related Articles:

Studies Show WTC Building 1,2 & 7 Could Not Have Fallen – Why Does The US Still Lie About 9/11? 

15 Disturbing Facts About 9/11 You’ll Wish Weren’t True 

16 Facts, 16 Years Later About 9/11 That Are No Longer A “Conspiracy Theory” 

Trump: “I Think I Know” Who Was Behind 9/11

Ilhan Omar Is Right: Some People Did Something on 9/11

Hacker group releases ‘911 Papers’, says future leaks will ‘burn down’ US deep state

Hackers threaten to reveal 9/11 secrets

University Study Finds Fire Did Not Bring Down World Trade Center Building 7 on 9/11

The Media Response to the Growing Influence of the 9/11 Truth Movement





9/11 Truth: Why Do Good People Become Silent About the Documented Facts that Disprove the Official 9/11 Narrative

“It is my firm belief that 9/11 skeptics - and true skeptics of any paradigm-shifting and taboo subject - who publicly expose lies and ‘naked emperors’ are heroes...



They have suffered the ridicule and wrath of those emperors, their minions, and the just plain frightened... In our American society, many of our authority figures routinely lie to us, but nonetheless, many citizens continue to look to them for truth and safety - especially when fear is heightened."


Related: 9/11 Revisited: Live Mainstream Media Coverage Conflicts with Official Story

“This strong tendency to believe and obey authority is another obstacle with which skeptics of the official 9/11 account must contend…

By unquestioningly believing and obeying authority, we make very bad decisions, which often negatively affect others.

This can be equally true for the four human proclivities studied by social psychologists: doublethink, cognitive dissonance, conformity, and groupthink..”


- Frances Shure, clinical psychologist and early skeptic of the official 9/11 Conspiracy Theory that two hi-jacked commercial jet planes caused three concrete, steel-reinforced towers to explode into fine dust and collapse into their own footprints in less than 12 seconds.


“One of the saddest lessons of history is this: If we’ve been bamboozled long enough, we tend to reject any evidence of the bamboozle.

We’re no longer interested in finding out the truth. The bamboozle has captured us. It’s simply too painful to acknowledge, even to ourselves, that we’ve been taken.

Once you give a charlatan power over you, you almost never get it back.”


- Carl Sagan


“We are apt to shut our eyes against a painful truth … For my part, whatever anguish of spirit it might cost, I am willing to know the whole truth; to know the worst, and to provide for it.”

- Patrick Henry – March 23, 1775


“It also gives us a very special, secret pleasure to see how unaware the people around us are of what is really happening to them. … 

“What good fortune for those in power that the people do not think.””


- Adolf Hitler


“If you tell a lie big enough and keep repeating it, people will eventually come to believe it.

The lie can be maintained only for such time as the State can shield the people from the political, economic and/or military consequences of the lie.

It thus becomes vitally important for the State to use all of its powers to repress dissent, for the truth is the mortal enemy of the lie, and thus by extension, the truth is the greatest enemy of the State.  …  

Propaganda must always be essentially simple and repetitious.

The most brilliant propagandist technique will yield no success unless one fundamental principle is borne in mind constantly… it must confine itself to a few points and repeat them over and over.”


- Joseph Goebbels, German Nazi “Minister of Propaganda and Public Enlightenment”


“We’ll know that our disinformation campaign has worked when everything the American public believes is false.”

- William Casey, Ronald Reagan’s CIA Director at his first staff meeting, 1981


“Image of the World Trade Center’s South Tower as it explodes, from top to bottom, into fine dust and severed steel columns. Within the next 12 seconds much of the tower blows away and the rest collapses into its own footprint into a relatively small pile of debris.

The arrow points to one of the exploding “squibs” from one of the multitude of pre-planted demolition charges that are intended to section all the massive steel 110 story columns (4 inches thick at their bases) which allowed the building to fall straight down rather than falling sideways and causing damage to adjacent structures or people.

This image is typical of what it looks like when standard controlled demolitions take down high-rise buildings in the most cost-effective manner possible.

In the 100 year history of skyscrapers, the only tall buildings that have ever fallen down without controlled demolitions (allegedly) were the 3 World Trade Center Towers 1, 2 and 7 – and they all happened on 9/11/2001!.”


(Check out  www.ae911truth.org for everything you need to know about the many anomalies that conclusively disprove the “official”, CIA-, Pentagon- White House- Mainstream Media-approved conspiracy theories about what happened of 9/11.)
The question posited by the title of this article, explores the dilemma faced by truth-seekers who have the facts that totally refute the Big Lies about 9/11/2001 about which the mainstream media, their elected representatives in Congress, their presidents and the Deep State refuse to debate.

These “9/11 Truthers” have been unfairly labeled “conspiracy theorists” (a pejorative term invented by the CIA after the John F. Kennedy assassination in 1963 raised all sorts of skepticism doubting the official story blaming “the single shooter”).

This courageous group of truth-seekers have been attempting to inform and enlighten individuals and institutions that have chosen to disregard and / or disbelieve the overwhelmingly documentable evidence that proves that pre-planted controlled demolition charges – and not airplanes – pulverized into fine dust the three WTC towers on 9/11/01.

The corollary of course is that the three towers could not have been demolished by anybody other than insiders using explosives.



Related: New York Fire Commissioners Call for New 9/11 Investigation About “Pre-Planted Explosives”

Given that the alleged planes that allegedly hit 2 of the towers were commercial planes (that of course contained no explosives), no other conclusion can be drawn than that the explosives that brought down the three skyscrapers had been pre-planted in the manner of classical controlled demolitions, which are the only way that concrete, steel-reinforced, high-rise buildings can be efficiently demolished.

It is obvious to many folks who were alive and aware in the era of the assassinations of the 1960s (the Kennedy brothers and Martin Luther King) that 9/11/01 was a false flag operation that has seriously (and intentionally, according to the Project for the New American Century) destabilized the Middle East and the world and justified the invasion of Iraq and Afghanistan.



And, of course the rapid passage of the Patriot Act by the bamboozled US Congress ensured that the United States took another step closer to becoming an armed police state, by seriously curtailing the civil liberties of its citizens.

That series of programmed events started a state of perpetual US-led wars in the Mideast (wars that only benefited our one ally in the area [Israel].

It also ensured the lucrative future of America’s military-industrial-congressional complex and global weapons manufacturers.




Related: Newly Released FBI Documents Show Israeli Foreknowledge of 9/11 Attacks

These self-perpetuating – and ultimately bankrupting – wars have destroyed and are continuing to destroy the physical and psychological well-being of the tens of thousands of duped patriot soldiers (and their families) as well as the millions of unarmed innocents that were victimized by the lethal, often indiscriminate weaponry of our military.

Also victimized forever were their cultures, their religions, their economies and the very planet that militarism is making uninhabitable.

And, it must be mentioned, our illegal and ill-advised military aggressions have raised up billions of mortal enemies all around the world whose enmity and justified desire for revenge will never be quenched until “the Great Satan” is finally beaten.

The dilemma raised by the title question, “Why Do Good People Remain Silent”, has been faced throughout the history of the world by a multitude of truth-seekers and truth-tellers long before the events of 9/11.

A short list of American examples that have shaped world history was enumerated in the previous two Duty to Warn columns, which are available here.





9/11 - The Footage They Didn't Let You See Twice

Rare Video footage that was not repeated on the news, or used by CNN ever wondered why?





Related: Bill Binney with Jason Liosatos: 9/11 Criminal Grand Jury, NSA Unwrapped





The “bamboozle quote” from Carl Sagan above should help any thinking person to understand one of the psychological reasons why both human and inhuman entities (such as corporations and the corporate-controlled press) so readily accept – and even promote – Big Lies; and then, when the truth comes out that thoroughly refutes the lies, these entities refuse to admit that they have been bamboozled.

One expects major corporate media networks like ABC, CBS, NBC, FOX, the New York Times, the Washington Post, The Los Angeles Times and the Wall Street Journal (not to mention the Duluth News-Tribune) to refuse to admit that they are shills for the Deep State or their corporate advertisers or just being duped by them, but even the more honorable BBC, PBS, NPR and MPR do the same by continuously using the phrase “terrorist attacks on 9/11” instead of telling the truth.

Perhaps, if one could only get through to these unaccountable and unreachable talking heads, they might at least claim that they were unaware of what is blatantly obvious to most unbiased observers.

The quotes from Hitler and Goebbels could have easily been made by J. Edgar Hoover’s FBI, Allen Dulles’ CIA and right-wing politicians like the odious politicians during the McCarthy, leftist witch-hunt era, not to mention any number of the pro-militarization, pro-war, pseudo-patriotic “my country right or wrong” types that profitably occupy Wall Street, War Street and Washington, DC.



Related: The Connection Between 9/11, JFK And The Global Collateral Accounts

Those realities should help us understand how the misleaders of militarily powerful empires are able to manipulate the “Good Germans” of every nationality into believing Big Lies.

Anyone who isn’t a 9/11 Skeptic or a Boeing 737 Skeptic or a Vaccine Safety Skeptic isn’t Paying Attention (or has been Duped by or is a Shill for Corporate Power.

Clinical psychologist Frances Shure, who was an early skeptic of the official White House conspiracy theories has experienced her share of criticism from those who tend to implicitly trust their leaders.

Her story, in a 9-part series on the subject, discusses the psychological background about how public opinion and beliefs can be manipulated. The series can be found here.

It is painful being an artificially demeaned and unfairly criticized “conspiracy theorist” about 9/11. Even though the 9/11 Truth-tellers have the scientific truth behind them, they have been mistreated by the mass media as a despised out-group for the past 18 years.

Being a 9/11 truth-teller is like being a black-listed anti-fascist author, writer or musician during Hitler’s thousand-year Reich or during the proto-fascist American McCarthy era of the 1950s.



Related: Exposed - Iraq War Was A Lie: The Invasion Of Iraq Took Place Under False Pretences

One has to sympathize with Galileo who was persecuted by the authoritarian church when he proved that the earth revolved around the sun when 99.9% of the world believed that the sun revolved around the earth – because it said so in the bible.

I personally empathize with the Hungarian physician Ignaz Semmelweis who proved in the mid-1800s that washing or sterilizing one’s hands before delivering a baby resulted in a dramatic decrease in post-delivery deaths of new mothers from “child-bed fever”.

99.9% of physicians at the time often delivered babies between performing autopsies without washing their hands.


His discovery never caught on with the profession, although midwives understood the wisdom and washed their hands prior to deliveries.

The midwive’s patients had 10 times fewer deaths from infection than the doctor’s patients.

Dr Semmelweis, just like many other dissident physicians to follow, was ostracized by his arrogant and ignorant profession for promoting such a radical notion and, labeled as being mentally ill, died in disgrace in a mental institution a few years later.



Related: The 'Never Forgotten' Mantra of September 11


Cognitive Dissonance and 9/11

One major psychological factor that helps explain why the Cheney / Bush White House’s official conspiracy theory has become so ingrained is the concept of cognitive dissonance.

A good YouTube discussion of the title question – by a number of psychologist colleagues of Frances Shure – can be seen here. I highly recommend watching it.

I wrote a Duty to Warn column devoted to the subject of cognitive dissonance in 2013. It has been archived here.

Here are a couple of paragraphs from the article:


Cognitive dissonance refers to the psychological or emotional discomfort felt when one is confronted with new information or a new reality that contradicts one’s deeply held beliefs.

When there are conflicting, mutually exclusive beliefs, intelligent, open-minded and thoughtful people that have not been victimized by significant psychological trauma during their upbringing, are usually willing to change their minds by re-evaluating their prior stances, looking carefully and honestly at the new evidence, reassessing the credibility of both positions and then making a decision to adopt or reject the new information, depending on the evidence before them.

“Close-minded, distracted, uninformed, addicted, ignorant, too-busy, overly obedient, uber-patriotic, co-opted or radically conservative people may not have the time, inclination, intelligence or political will (or courage) to look at the available new evidence that runs contrary to their old, ingrained beliefs.

Therefore, they may unconsciously or reflexively reject the new information, even if the evidence is overwhelmingly and provably true.”

Not too many people that live in punitive, militarized empires have the courage to do what the whistle-blowing boy did when he saw that his emperor had no clothes on.

Not too many people want to be truth-tellers in a nation whose governmental bodies imprison, expel, black-lists or bans truth-tellers and their stories
and suppresses every truth that threatens national security and corporate security or profitability.

Hitler got his timid or privileged “Good Germans” – who lived outside the concentration camps – to believe the Big Lie that “Arbeit Macht Frei” (“work makes one free” even inside a concentration camp) and that his dictatorship would last a thousand years.



Related: Now that we know the FBI is corrupt and treasonous, it’s time to revisit the “official narrative” of 9/11 in search of the real truth

Citizens of supposedly democratic societies like America’s are told that “The Truth Shall Make You Free”, that “The Pen is Mightier Than the Sword” and that “The Arc of History Bends Towards Justice”.

Don’t believe it, unless lots of courageous citizen take action and demand justice.

Otherwise, those noble thoughts are just cunning lies to calm the people.

Without a body of dissenters, whistle-blowers and courageous people of conscience (like the multitude of banned 9/11 truth-seekers and antiwar, anti-globalist, anti-fascist activists) that are willing to go up against the conscienceless, the profiteers, the globalists, the fascists, the militarists, the racists, the corporate polluters, the economic exploiters, the bankers and the sociopathic corporations those exploiters will continue to grow in power, wealth and influence – fouling our planetary nest as they go.

I would hate to see them succeed.


Related Articles:

Police Intelligence Analyst Tony Farrell talks about 9/11 & 7/7

Duty to Warn: 9/11 and Cognitive Dissonance

Why 9/11 Truth is More Relevant Than Ever

The Best Movie Ever Made About the Truth Behind the Iraq War Is “Official Secrets”

Smoking Gun Emails: Bush And Blair Secretly Plotted War On Iraq In March 2002

17 years after 9/11, Al-Qaeda rebranded by US government & media as besieged rebels

A firefighter's perspective on 9/11

9/11: as it happened on the ground


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi
Good Hearts, Fooled Minds: Four Fallacies Of The (Hijacked) Environmental Movement
September 10 2022 | From: WakeUpWorld / Various

The hijacked environmental movement is a symptom of the current general, collective state of humanity: good hearted but ignorant.



Many people in the environmental movement are in it for the right reasons: they see the ongoing poisoning and destruction of the planet, led by corporations, and are determined to defend and speak out for the Earth.

Related: Geo-Engineering Now Confirmed To Be Very Real, And It's Definitely Not Good For The Environment

Yet, in spite of their good intentions, they have unwittingly allowed themselves to be channeled in a direction that is not really going to help the Earth, unintentionally supporting the very forces that are responsible for the pillaging of it.

By continuing to push notions that carbon dioxide is a poison, that global warming exists and all of mankind is responsible for it, that we need a worldwide carbon tax and that we require Agenda 21-style global governance, these people are unknowingly promoting the New World Order program – and unwittingly placing elite controllers in power who don’t care about the environment and view it merely as a resource to be exploited.



Related: Agenda 21: Awareness And Activism + UN 2030 Agenda Decoded: Blueprint For The Global Enslavement Of Humanity Under Corporate Masters

It has even gotten to the point where those opposing popular beliefs about climate change (another Rothschild-Rockefeller creation) are being treated like criminal extremists – there have even been calls in the US for Obama to prosecute them!

Welcome to Planet Earth. If your opinion diverges too much from the mainstream, you could get locked up for thinking “wrongly”.

With the current focus being on the outcomes of the 2015 UN Summit, the hackneyed buzzword of sustainability is being thrown around like there’s no tomorrow. In this context, it’s worth revisiting how the environmental movement came to be so hijacked and co-opted.

Basis for the Hijack: Conspiracy Reports from The Iron Mountain and The Club of Rome

The basis for the hijacked environment movement lies within formerly secret military reports, and one of the elite Round Table groups that run the world: the Club of Rome. 



The Club of Rome meeting in Salzburg in 1972. "The Club of Rome, the prestigious think tank founded in 1968, is for the first time meeting in the Dutch capital Amsterdam. Key guest is former Russian President Mikhail Gorbachov, who is to speak on Monday. Other guests include Queen Beatrix, former Dutch Prime Minister Ruud Lubbers and Environment Minister Jacqueline Cramer.The think tank, which comprises economists, scientists, politicians and business people, meets once a year to discuss environmental pollution, the depletion of natural resources and the growth of the world population." As pointed out by an astute reader, the man fifth from the left is the Prime Minister of Canada - Joseph Philippe Pierre Yves Elliot Trudeau.

I wonder if those who believe in AGW (Anthropogenic Global Warming) or Manmade Global Warming have any idea that the elite came up with the idea of using mankind itself as the global threat against which we are all supposed to gather behind a One World Government?

The 1966 Report from the Iron Mountain was commissioned by John F. Kennedy and considered by Lyndon B. Johnson as too dangerous to reveal to the public at the time when it was completed. This excerpt from it discusses how a global government could be imposed without war, and suggests the threat could instead be environmental pollution:


“The possibility of war provides the sense of external necessity without which no government can long remain in power… An effective political substitute for war would require “alternate enemies,” some of which might seem equally farfetched in the context of the current war system.

It may be, for instance, that gross pollution of the environment can eventually replace the possibility of mass destruction by nuclear weapons as the principal apparent threat to the survival of the species.

Poisoning of the air, and of the principal sources of food and water supply, is already well advanced, and at first glance would seem promising in this respect; it constitutes a threat that can be dealt with only through social organization and political power.

But from present indications it will be a generation to a generation and a half before environmental pollution, however severe, will be sufficiently menacing, on a global scale, to offer a possible basis… [however] the rate of pollution could be increased selectively for this purpose”.



Related:
The Conspiracy to Rule the World

The Club of Rome is one of 6 groups that are close to the center of the Rhodesian Round Table (ultimately funded by Rothschild) which also includes The Bilderberg Group, the CFR, the RIIA, the United Nations and The Trilateral Commission.

The Club of Rome’s 1991 document entitled The First Global Revolution? contains this passage:


In searching for a common enemy against whom we can unite, we came up with the idea that pollution, the threat of global warming, water shortages, famine and the like, would fit the bill. In their totality and their interactions these phenomena do constitute a common threat which must be confronted by everyone together

all these dangers are caused by human intervention in natural processes, and it is only through changed attitudes and behavior that they can be overcome.

The real enemy then is humanity itself.


Are You Being ‘Green Washed’?

The current environmental movement we see today was hijacked a long time ago. Let’s take a look at the top 4 fallacies the NWO conspirators have managed to get ‘greenies’ to believe.


Comment: And Before You Have a Cry About Pollution:

There are some who will say, "well come on - all of this aside, humans should not be polluting the planet."

Duh. Do yah think?

Without an understanding of how the globalist systems have been put into place to effectively rape all natural resources and with no regard to the resulting effects - how do you expect a fix within that system?

Unnecessary use of oil, et al, supression of clean energy technologies, packaging made out of pretrochemical shit? And the people are all to blame? Follow the money.

And where do you think all of the govenmental and corporate recycling initiatives came from?

Wake up. If it is part of a large system within this paradigm - the establishment runs it.

Do the best you can within how you live your life - but until this cabal system falls - we are not going to be able to properly address all of the envoronmental shitfuckery that they have concocted.

If this still doesn't make sense to you then take a journey around this website, and many other websites that have been sharing related information; such that we may be able to help the sheeple wake up on not only this - but all fronts.


The Hijacked Environmental Movement Fallacy #1: Carbon Dioxide is a Poison

Let’s start with the basics: carbon dioxide (CO2) is a nutrient, not a poison. We breathe out carbon dioxide every breath, but we also take some of it in on the inbreath. According to the IPCC (Interplanetary Panel on Climate Change), we are therefore poisoning ourselves every breath!



Related: Carbon Dioxide Revealed As The “Miracle Molecule Of Life” For Re-Greening The Planet & Leonardo DiCaprio’s War On Carbon Is Actually A War Against All Plants, Rainforests And Ecosystems On The Entire Planet

Think about it – if CO2 were really a poison, why does it help plants grow so much?

Why is it a key part of the fundamental equation of biology: sugar + oxygen = carbon dioxide + water + heat?

How is it that those in the environmental movement are ignorant of basic biology?

As the website PlantsNeedCO2.org states, the more CO2 around, the better plants grow:


“In Idso and Idso’s (1994) analysis of soil nutrient limitations, the percentage growth enhancement due to a 300-ppm rise in the air’s CO2 content actually did exhibit a slight (but statistically non-significant) decline, dropping from 51% to 45% when nutrients went from non-growth-limiting to limiting in a group of 70 experiments.

But when the atmospheric CO2 enrichment was 600 ppm, this slight negative trend reversed itself, going from a CO2-induced growth stimulation of 43% when nutrients were present in abundance to a 52% enhancement when their supply was sub-optimal.

And for a 1200-ppm increase in atmospheric CO2, the percentage growth enhancement jumped from 60% when the soil nutrient supply was adequate to 207% when it was less-than-adequate.”

It’s a simple equation: the more CO2 you have, the more the plants like it, and the faster they will grow.



Related: Carbon Dioxide “Pollutant” Myth Totally Debunked In Must-See Science Video

The demonization of carbon dioxide is not about helping the environment

The NWO idea has always been to attach the worsening condition of the environment to an individual’s energy usage – and even his or her breathing – so as to introduce a carbon tax.
The Government literally wants to tax you for breathing – for merely being alive.

The Hijacked Environmental Movement Fallacy #2: The Manmade Global Warming Hoax

AGW or man-made global warming has been exposed as a giant scam. It still remains an open question whether the world is actually warming or cooling, given all the fakery and fudging of data, such as ClimateGate, where hackers found that scientists at the UK’s East Anglia University had deliberately distorted the figures. (See the work of Ian Plimer, Christopher Monckton and others in exposing this.)

Related:
Top Scientist Resigns From His Post At The University Of California Admitting Global Warming Is A Big Scam



Related: The UN Admits That The Paris Climate Deal Was A Fraud + UNESCO Booted Out Of The United States

That is why the term global warming got changed to climate change – this way, no matter what happens with the weather, the IPCC can say the climate is changing. But climate change is a slick truism – you can’t argue against it. Of course the climate is changing. When has it not changed?

The great documentary The Great Global Warming Swindle years ago exposed the lies behind the very political climate change agenda. More than 1,000 dissenting scientists from around the globe have challenged the man-made global warming claims made by the United Nations Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change (IPCC), undermined its claims of scientific consensus, and shredded its credibility in the process.



Related: All The Biggest Lies About Climate Change And Global Warming Debunked In One Astonishing Interview

Furthermore, changes in climate (whether human behavior is causing them or not) are not necessarily bad; in some cases studies have suggested recent changes in climatic conditions are responsible for re-greening parts of the world and changing lives for the better. (see Geospatial Sciences Center of Excellence, South Dakota State University, Brookings, SD 57007-3510)

The Hijacked Environmental Movement Fallacy #3: The Carbon Tax and Global Governance as Eco-Solutions

As pointed out above, all this focus on carbon is for one reason: taxation. The whole scheme to get people and corporations fixated on their carbon footprint – rather than how much actual benefit or harm they are doing the environment – is to pave the way for more taxation and centralization of power.

To have a worldwide carbon tax, of course, you need a One World Government to enforce and collect it. The UN, ICLEI and its other subdivisions are constantly talking about global governance for this very reason.

In this context, “global governance” means centralizing vast amounts of power into a body destined to become the World Government, under the pretext of fighting man-made global warming or climate change.



Related: New Climate Study Throws Wrench In Global Warming Debate: "Our New Technical Paper... Will Likely Be
Ignored"


It also means extending the reach of the United Nations so that local bodies such as local councils and municipalities that belong to ICLEI, (the International Council for Local Environmental Initiatives, created in 1990 as a non-governmental spin-off of the United Nations) can implement its global directives and make it look ‘grassroots’, or like it was locally decided.

For further information on this topic, check out George Hunt’s work in exposing how Evelyn Rothschild and David Rockefeller were cooking up the cap-and-trade scheme in the 1980s. Hunt was present at some of the meetings where the carbon tax was first being discussed.

The Hijacked Environmental Movement Fallacy #4: Overpopulation

Mahatma Gandhi once said: “Earth provides enough to satisfy every man’s need, but not every man’s greed.” There is no doubt that rising populations can put a strain on resources, yet where is the proof that the Earth cannot support 7 billion people? Or 9 billion people? Is it really population that is the problem here, or is it rather self-centered greed and destructive environmental practices and technologies?



Related: Genetics Are The New Eugenics: How GMO’s Reduce The Human Population & This Major Report On GMO Safety Has Just One Small Problem: Undisclosed Conflicts Of Interest

We can accept the world’s rising population not as a threat or a reason to justify killing (which goes by the euphemism of depopulation) but rather as a challenge. It can propel us into living more from the heart, to having more compassion for those less well off than us, to doing a better job of sharing, of distributing resources equitably

It can stimulate us into better modes of efficiency. Could the rising population help a critical mass of people awake to the truth of free energy, and the fact that free energy or over unity devices already exist which provide practically unlimited energy for free or very cheaply?

It has been known in many countries for a long time that as you increase education, you decrease population, naturally. There is no need for stealth sterilization programs, introducing contraceptives through vaccines or other depopulation murder programs. 

When people gain a higher education, they organically choose to have less kids. If the conspirators really cared about the planet’s population, why not use their money to help everyone access better education? The answer is, of course, that they don’t.



Related: Eugenics and the Depopulation Agenda

Underpinning the propaganda of overpopulation is eugenics. It’s the idea that some humans are superior to others, and that some humans don’t deserve to be here

This is really the philosophical and spiritual basis of the hijacking. As they have confessed, the conspirators in their delusions view the rest of the population as a virus that must be rid from the planet. Yet, the real virus is the fear mindset that runs the show in the brains of the elite controllers.


“In the event that I am reincarnated, I would like to return as a deadly virus, in order to contribute something to solve overpopulation.”

- Prince Philip, Duke of Edinburgh


The Real Problem Isn’t Climate Change or Carbon

The real problem with the environment isn’t climate change or carbon, it’s that we as a collective species are trashing and degrading it. We spill oil in our oceans and rivers. We kill off species faster than we can even classify them. We make substances that don’t biodegrade and end up in giant landfills.



Related: Planned Obsolescence: How The Products You Buy Are Designed To Break

We cut down forests without taking enough care to replace them. We use an economic system which incentivizes planned obsolescence and economically encourages us to throw things away rather than repair them. We let maniacal men rule out-of-control Governments that spray toxic weather-altering chemicals like barium, aluminum and strontium chemtrails all over the world – and get away with it.

What does any of this have to do with climate change or carbon? These 2 terms are a huge distraction and a deliberate way to trick people who genuinely care for the environment.

Solution: Get Informed Before You Demonstrate

Do you deeply care for the environment? Great! Then do your research first before joining any protests. Oppose fracking, GMOs, toxic energy systems, geoengineering, and corporate welfare to military companies (the Pentagon is the biggest polluter on planet).



Related: Scotland Just Banned Fracking Forever + Fracking Hell: The Untold Story

Last year, in September 2014, around 400,000 people turned up in New York for the People’s Climate March – but what is the point of this activism if it gets diverted?

As journalist Naomi Klein wrote in an article for The Nation:


Some of the most powerful and wealthiest environmental organizations have… led the climate movement down various dead ends: carbon trading, carbon offsets, natural gas as a “bridge fuel” - what these policies all held in common is that they created the illusion of progress while allowing the fossil fuel companies to keep mining, drilling and fracking with abandon.

We always knew that the groups pushing hardest for these false solutions took donations from, and formed corporate partnerships with, the big emitters. But this was explained away as an attempt at constructive engagement - using the power of the market to fix market failures. Now it turns out that some green groups are literally part owners of the industry causing the crisis they are purportedly trying to solve.

When it comes to our environment, as David Icke says, we need streetwise spirituality.

We need to have our hearts in the right places, but also put our thinking caps on, otherwise we will easily by led astray by tricksters.

Only once the leaders of the environmental movement have their hearts and brains in alignment can we effect real change on the ecosystems of Planet Earth.


Related Articles:

Amazing Science Lesson: Environmentalists Declare War On Photosynthesis In Stupefying Effort To Exterminate All Recognizable Life On Planet Earth

Incriminating Documents Reveal Monsanto Knew They Were Poisoning The Environment With Their PCBs

Spray And Pray 'Just Asking For An Environmental Disaster'

Let's Review 50 Years Of Dire Climate Forecasts And What Actually Happened & New Zealand Climate Commission’s Radical Plan

Meet Naomi Seibt - The 19-Year-Old, Blond Antidote To Greta Thunberg & NZ Government Begins National Climate Indoctrination Of Children

Exposing The Bogus "97% Consensus" Claim Over Climate Change 'Science' & Top-Level Climate Modeler Spills The Beans On The ‘Nonsense’ Of ‘Global Warming Crisis’

Head Of World Meteorological Organization Slams Climate Extremists, In Unprecedented Move & NASA Admits That Climate Change Occurs Because Of Changes In Earth’s Solar Orbit, And Not Because Of SUVs And Fossil Fuels

Climate Change Hoax Collapses As Michael Mann’s Bogus “Hockey Stick” Graph Defamation Lawsuit Dismissed By The Supreme Court Of British Columbia

UN IPCC Scientist Blows Whistle On Lies About Climate, Sea Level

"The UN's 'Woke' Climate Change Propaganda Is An Insult To Science" + “What They Haven’t Told You About Climate Change.” – According To The Co-Founder of Greenpeace

Green Gestapo Says You're Mentally Ill If You Challenge Climate Change + Over 30,000 Scientists Say 'Catastrophic Man-Made Global Warming' Is A Complete Hoax And Science Lie

Green New Deal Reveals The Naked Truth Of Agenda 21

Serious Errors Found In Widely Cited Global Warming Study

Discovery Of Massive Volcanic CO2 Emissions Puts Damper On Global Warming Theory & Climate Change Hoax Collapses As New Science Finds Human Activity Has Virtually Zero Impact On Global Temperatures

Top New Zealand Scientist Describes “Global Warming” As Pseudo-Science

Satellite Data: No Real Increase In Global Warming For The Last 23 Years + University Of Alabama Scientists: ‘No Evidence’ Climate Change Causes Extreme Cold

2018 Was The Year That Climate Change Scare Stories All Fell Apart: See The List Of Debunked Climate Hoaxes + The “Global Warming” Hoax: 30 Years Of Failed Predictions That Never Happened

The Ultimate Scam: How Al Gore Became The World’s First Carbon Billionaire” By Profiting Off Irrational Climate Fears

NASA Confirms: Sea Levels Have Been Falling Across The Planet For Two Years - Media Silent & Dr. Tim Ball Crushes Climate Change: The Biggest Deception in History


NWO Control System Vs. The Awakening - Which Will Win?


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Houston Anthropologist Reveals Irrefutable Proof That Recorded History Is Wrong
September 9 2022 | From: WakingTimes / Various

Evidence Found Across the Globe of Highly Evolved Human Species from before the Ice Age, Demand Scientific Recognition of our Past that Depicts Societies of Advanced Technology and Culture.



Does this look super advanced or what?

Houston anthropologist, Dr. Semir Osmanagich, founder of the Bosnian Archaeology Park, the most active archaeology site in the world, declares that irrefutable scientific evidence exists of ancient civilizations with advanced technology that leaves us no choice but to change our recorded history. 

Related: "Under The Carpet" New Zealand Hidden History Documentary

An examination of the age of structures across the earth reveals conclusively that they were built by advanced civilizations from over 29,000 years ago.


“Acknowledging that we are witness to fundamental proof of advanced civilizations dating back over 29,000 years and an examination of their societal structures forces the World to reconsider its understanding of the development of civilization and history,”
explains Dr. Semir Osmanagich.

“Conclusive data at the Bosnian Pyramid site revealed in 2008 and confirmed this year by several independent labs who conducted radio carbon testing dates the site at 29,400 +/-400 years minimum.”

The radiocarbon dating tests of 29,200 years +/- 400 years was done by Radiocarbon Lab from Kiew, Ukraine, on organic material found at the Bosnian Pyramid site. Physicist Dr. Anna Pazdur of Poland’s Silesian University first announced the news at a Press Conference in Sarajevo in August of 2008.

Professor of Classical Archaeology from the University of Alexandria Dr. Mona Haggag called this discovery “writing new pages in European and World history.”



Related: “Negative Hallucination” Hypnosis Experiment Demonstration Video & The Weaponisation Of History And Journalism

The C14 date of 29,000 years at the Bosnian Archaeological Park was obtained from a piece of organic material retrieved from a clay layer inside the outer casing to the pyramid. It follows a sample date obtained during the 2012 dig season on material located above the concrete at 24,800 years, meaning this structure has a construction profile stretching back almost 30,000 years.


“The ancient people who built these pyramids knew the secrets of frequency and energy. They used these natural resources to develop technologies and undertake construction on scales we have never witnessed on earth,
said Dr. Osmanagich.

Evidence clearly shows that the pyramids were built as ancient energy machines aligned with the earth’s energy grid, providing energy for healing as well as power.

Ancient historians in the US have news just as astonishing as anything found in the far corners of the globe. For instance, the Rockwall discovery outside of Dallas, Texas, is only one example of how we are now re-examining ancient mysteries to reveal more about our past, right in the United States.



Related: The Stolen History Of Australia And New Zealand

H2 (History 2) popular series Unearthing Ancient America recently filmed an episode about the Rockwall that will air later this year. The Texas site is a complex and massive wall ten miles in diameter built over 20,000 years ago and covered by soil seven stories below the ground.

The question is by whom was this structure built and for what purpose and, most importantly, how can knowledge left by these past civilizations help shape our future?

Newly-revealed or rediscovered traces of ancient civilizations have ignited an innate curiosity about human origins as reflected by recent coverage in mainstream media and TV. The November 2013 issue of National Geographic: 100 Greatest Mysteries Revealed-Ancient Civilizations Unearthed says;


“Sometimes cultures leave behind mysteries that baffle those who come after them, from standing stones to coded manuscripts, indications that ancient people indeed had a profound purpose.”

Forward-thinking scientists continue to pursue knowledge from our past that is useful to determine a better future. Renowned author Michal Cremo in his book Forbidden Archeology theorizes that knowledge of advanced Homo-sapiens has been suppressed or ignored by the scientific establishment because it contradicts the current views of human origins that don’t agree with the dominant paradigm.

Cremo’s body of work has been described as “a useful teaching resource, raising a wide range of issues covering aspects of knowledge transfer, sure to be provocative in the classroom.” It has been reviewed with widespread appraisal by hundreds of academic journals.



Gobekli Tepe in Eastern Turkey

Results clearly indicate that similar advanced civilizations of humans were present all across the globe at that time in history. For example, Gobekli Tepe located in Eastern Turkey, is a vast complex of enormous megalithic stone circles with a radius of between 10 and 20 meters, much larger than the well-known Stonehenge in Great Britain.



Related: 20 History Questions They Refuse To Answer In School

Excavations at Gobekli Tepe that began there in 1995 revealed radio carbon dating at least 11,600 years. German archaeologist Dr. Klaus Schmidt from the German Archaeological Institute, Berlin, Germany, with the support of ArchaeoNova Institute from Heidelberg, Germany, has led the excavation of these recently-discovered pre-historic megalithic circles at the Turkey location.

“Gobekli Tepe is one of the most fascinating Neolithic locations in the world,” Dr. Klaus Schmidt claims. But as he explains in a recent report, to understand the new finds, archaeologists need to work closely with specialists in comparative religion, architectural and art theory, cognitive and evolutionary psychology, sociologists using social network theory, and others.


“It is the complex story of the earliest, large settled communities, their extensive networking, and their communal understanding of their world, perhaps even the first organized religions and their symbolic representations of the cosmos,”
as reported by Klaus Schmidt.

In addition to the megalithic structures, figures and carvings have been discovered, depicting animals of pre historic nature such as dinosaurs and other wild life. Since excavations started in 1995, four of the circles have been partially cleaned, but it is thought that there are a total of up to 50 circles hidden underground. 



Related: Michael Tellinger And Jim Marrs: Suppressed Ancient History & Real History

These vast monoliths, soaring seven meters in height and 25 tons in mass at Gobekli Tepe, are situated right in the heart of what we perceive as the origin of civilization. This find offers new guidance to the true history of earth and our ancient civilizations.

“Our archaeological research goal is not to simply uncover all of the megalithic circles but to try to figure out their purpose,” adds Schmidt.


Bosnian Pyramid Now in Eighth Year: Proof of Advanced Civilizations from over 30,000 years ago

The Bosnian Valley of the Pyramids now in the eighth year of excavation spans six square kilometers in the Visoko River Basin 40km northwest of Sarajevo. Comprised of four ancient pyramids almost three times the size of Giza and an extensive subterranean pyramid tunnel complex, new discoveries each year continue to reveal proof of a much different history of mankind on earth.



Related: Disinterest In Pre-Maori History Stuns

The central pyramid of the Sun rises a colossal 420 meters in to the air and has a mass of millions of tons. By comparison the Great pyramid of Cheops (Khufu) in the Giza plateau is 146 meters high, making the Bosnian Pyramids the largest and oldest known pyramids on the planet.

Since research began at the Bosnian site, Dr. Osmanagich has amazed the scientific and archaeological community by gathering a team of interdisciplinary engineers, physicists and researchers from around the world to conduct open and transparent investigation of the site to try and discover the true nature and purpose of this pyramidal complex.


“This is an unknown culture presenting highly-advanced arts and sciences, technology capable of forming truly massive structures and we believe in that process demonstrating an ability to harness pure energy resources,”
comments Tim Moon, who has recently joined Osmanagich as lead archeologist at the Bosnian site.

The archaeological project delivered another significant finding this year in the pyramid tunnel complex known as Ravine. Tunneling deep into a ridge line leading toward the Pyramid of the Sun the team has unearthed several megalith stones. 



Oh yeah, that one was definitely made with ropes and pulleys too. Sigh.

Related: An Ancient Device Too Advanced To Be Real Gives Up Its Secrets At Last + Is This Proof Of Aliens In Peru?

In August an enormous stone estimated at 25,000 kgs was uncovered approximately 400 meters into the labyrinth. This is a hugely significant find,”comments Moon. Here we have a massive stone, possibly a constructed ceramic, buried under hundreds of thousands of tons of material.

We are locating foundation walls around its perimeter and cut stone blocks.” Large quantities of artifacts have been recovered from the associated tunnels leading to the site, including effigies painted on stone, art objects and a series of hieroglyphics or ancient texts carved into the tunnel walls.

Dr. Osmangich stresses that it is time for open sharing of knowledge so we can understand and learn from our past.


“It is time for us to open our minds to the true nature of our origin and destruction of each other as a civilization on this planet. Our mission here is to realign science with spirituality in order to progress as a species, and this demands a clear path of shared knowledge.”

Visitors are welcome to the Bosnian Valley of the Pyramids and its Foundation offers a volunteer program each dig season, running June to September.

To hear Dr. Sam’s interview on Lost Knowledge go here.

For more on the Bosnian Pyramids go to www.icbp.ba.


Related Articles:

Hidden Origins: Exposing Humanity's Ancient Secrets

Unexplainable Discovery: Ancient Indian Mandala Found At Peru’s Nazca Lines

Evidence Of Prehistoric Civilizations: 3 Pieces Of Advanced Ancient Technology Hundreds Of Millions Of Years Old

Easter Island - Ancient Links With New Zealand Maori

Mars And Earth Have Same Ancient Man Rock-Engraving: Visitors To Both Planets?



Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Experts Insist All Sources Of Wireless Radiation Be Classified Carcinogenic – Not “Possibly Carcinogenic”
September 8 2022 | From: ActivistPost

If You Don’t Want Cancer and You Know it, Use Wired Internet.



CBS News recently posted a guide on their website that most viewers – even children – would be able to easily understand:  “Cell Phones & Cancer:  8 Dumb Ways to Boost Possible Cancer Risk.”

Related: What Parents Should Know About EMFs and WiFi & 5G Is An International Health Crisis In The Making

Harm from exposure to sources of wireless radiation (cell phones, cell towers, utility “smart” meters, WiFi routers, etc.) continues to be debated despite multiple research studies that have actually proven harm over several decades.  This includes:

1. Industry funded research.

2. Independently funded research.

3. Government funded research. (U.S. and elsewhere)

Source 1: Ever worry that that gadget you spend hours holding next to your head might be damaging your brain? 

Source 2: Popular Science published an article about recent cell phone radiation warnings announced by the California Department of Health, “Cell phones aren’t a public health risk, no matter what California says.” 

Those who debate harm also insist that safety testing is conducted on all sources of wireless radiation to protect us from potential harm from exposure.  However, they don’t mention that measurements are based on tests performed on plastic mannequin heads and body parts – not humans, animals, or any living tissue.

Many scientists insist that there is enough scientific evidence that shows that all sources of Wireless Radiation should be reclassified as Carcinogenic – not a “Possible Carcinogen.”  Dr. Anthony Miller, longtime World Health Organization advisor stated that:


"…radiofrequency (RF) radiation from any source – such as the signals emitted by cell phones, other wireless and cordless and sensor devices, and wireless networks – fully meets criteria to be classified as a “Group 1 carcinogenic to humans” agent, based on scientific evidence associating RF exposure to cancer development and cancer promotion..”

According to other researchers, as many as 1/3 of the population is “sensitive” to wireless radiation and other sources of electrical pollution (Electrosmog) and 3% is clinically sensitive. 

This “sensitivity” may not result in cancer; however, it may lead to a condition first discovered in the 1950s called Microwave Sickness.”

There are many symptoms associated with “Microwave Sickness” and it is often misdiagnosed.  “Microwave Sickness” is also referred to as “ElectroSensitivity (ES)” or “ElectroHyperSensitivity” (EHS).

Like second hand smoke, your wireless choices and habits affect everyone else around you including your children, even if you don’t feel that you are being affected.



Related: Seven Reasons Why The Internet Of Things Should Scare You & The Internet Of Things Poses Human Health Risks: Scientists Question The Safety Of Untested 5G Technology At International Conference

Pets may also be affected.

Nature and wildlife are also affected and wireless radiation and Electrosmog may be contributing to climate change.

Sickness from wireless radiation and Electrosmog exposure may not be immediate; however, it is cumulative.  You and your loved ones may be fine for a while and then eventually not so much.

This is why many – including firefighters – try to prevent cell towers from being installed in their neighborhoods and communities.

Exposure may not cause new health conditions.  But like any toxin or pollution, it may contribute to pre-existing conditions becoming worse.

The National Toxicology Program (NTP) announced that the draft reports on its $25 million animal study on the cancer risks associated with cell phone radiation will be released on February 2, 2018.

Despite what is released, it will likely be debated.  There’s a lot of money being made from all of this technology.

Those who are making money though limit how much they use it and keep it away from their children because they’ve at least suspected its potential for harm.

We have gone through this for decades already with The Tobacco Industry which is now commonly referred to as “Big Tobacco.”  Despite some noteworthy progress, we’re not even close to winning “The War on Tobacco.”

We’re also going through something similar with the Pharmaceutical Industry which coincidentally is being referred to as “Big Pharma.”



Related: 5G Network Being Pushed On The Public With Zero Concern For Safety

Here are some “expert” quotes from the 1960s regarding the “health benefits” from smoking cigarettes:

Max Cutler, cancer surgeon of Chicago: “I feel strongly that the blanket statements which appeared in the press that there is a direct and causative relationship between smoking and cigarettes, and the number of cigarettes smoked, to cancer of the lung is an absolutely unwarranted conclusion.”

Sir Charles Ellis, Senior Scientist at British American Tobacco Company: “It is my conviction that nicotine is a very remarkable, beneficent drug that both helps the body to resist external stress and can as a result show a pronounced tranquillizing effect.” [3]

Ian MacDonald, a Los Angeles surgeon: “For the majority of people, smoking has a beneficial effect.” (Source)

If we all work together, we could turn this around.  Here is one solutionhttps://www.businesswire.com/news/home/20180126005137/en

The following organizations are trying to make positive change.  Please reach out to them:


Organizations:

Citizens for Safe Technology citizensforsafetechnology.org

Clear Light Ventures clearlightventures.com

Environmental Health Trust EHTrust.org

In Power Movement InPowerMovement.com

National Association for Children andSafe Technology

National Toxic Encephalopathy Foundation NTEF-USA.Org

Parents for Safe Technology parentsforsafetechnology.org

Scientists for Wired Tech scientists4wiredtech.com

StopSmartMeters.org

We Are The Evidence wearetheevidence.org

Whatis5G.Info


Additional Related Links:


Electrical Pollution:  electricalpollution.com

Dear Cell Phone Radiation Warning Naysayers, MeThinks Thou Protests Too Much

“Another Article Dismisses ElectroHyperSensitivity (EHS) Without Mentioning that EHS is the Same Thing as “Microwave Sickness” Discovered in the 1950s”

The American Cancer Society claimed “Smart” Meters could increase cancer risk – in 2014

PBS’s “Sesame Street” Airs Segment with Elmo and “Smarty” the Smart Phone. Almost Every Other Media Outlet on the Planet Reports about Technology Harming Children

Virtual Reality’s Literal Side Effects: Headaches, Sore Eyes, Behavioral Changes in Adults; Eyesight, Balance Problems, Unknown Long-Term Consequences in Kids

“Smart” Meters: Recalls, Replacements, Fires, Explosions, General Failure, Measurement Errors, Privacy Concerns, Cybersecurity Risks, and Sick People


Related Articles:

Can EMF Make Us More Susceptible To Coronavirus Infection? & FCC Chair Commits To Enhancing WiFi/5G During Pandemic Despite Warnings From Experts + The First Report Of 5G Injury & Health Advocate Urges Nelson City Council To Halt 5G Roll-Out

Advertising Watchdog Partially Upholds 5G Advertisement Claiming Wireless Tech Is Harmful & Wifi, 5G And EMF Pollution Can Cause Psychiatric Effects In Humans, Plus Spontaneous Abortions, Infertility And Cellular DNA Damage

China’s Massive Amount Of Immunotoxic 5G Networking And The Wuhan Coronavirus: The Emperor’s New Virus

The 5G War - Technology Versus Humanity & Letter To The FCC From Dr. Yael Stein MD In Opposition To 5G Spectrum Frontiers

5G Cell Phone Radiation: How The Telecom Companies Are Losing The Battle To Impose 5G Against The Will Of The People + French NGOs Demand Stop To ‘Out Of Control’ 5G Network



Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

The Dark History Behind Fluoride (That The Media Refuses To Report)
September 7 2022 | From: NaturalNews / Various

Did you know that the same chemical in municipal drinking water played a key role in producing the atomic bomb?



Were you aware that huge quantities of the chemical that supposedly protects teeth from cavities were needed to manufacture the bomb-grade plutonium and uranium for nuclear weapons during the Cold War?

Related: NZ: Federal Control Of Fluoridation Would Be A Nightmare

There are plenty of reasons that fluoridated drinking water is the topic of such fierce debate throughout the country – and most people don’t even know about its dark origins.

According to WWII-era documents uncovered by journalists Chris Bryson and Joel Griffiths, fluoride quickly emerged as the top chemical health hazard of the U.S. atomic bomb program. Their documents show that it posed a huge health threat to workers and the communities surrounding the manufacturing plants.

Moreover, they maintain that the initial “proof” that fluoride doesn’t harm people in low doses was actually fabricated by scientists working on the atomic bomb program after being ordered to come up with evidence that would be useful in any potential future litigation from those who were poisoned by the chemical.

They also explained how the first lawsuits against the atomic bomb program were actually over fluoride damage and not radiation.



Related: World Experts on Fluoride list diseases caused by fluoridated tap water and much more


Fluoride Study Results Mysteriously Disappear

The biggest fluoride study was conducted from 1945 to 1956 in Newburgh, New York. The secret operation, which was known as Program F, saw tissue and blood samples collected from people living there through the New York State Health Department.

After comparing the published version of the study and the original one, the journalists found evidence that the negative effects of fluorides were suppressed by the Atomic Energy Commission for reasons of “national security.”



Related: Study Provides Further Evidence Of Low IQ In Children Due To Fluoride Exposure


Scientist’s Fluoride Investigations 50 Years Later Hit Roadblocks

In studies on animals carried out in the 1990s by Dr. Phyllis Mullenix at Forsyth Dental Center in Boston, fluoride was found to be a strong central nervous system toxin that could adversely affect brain functioning in humans even at low doses.

Dr. Mullenix was rejected when applying for a grant to study it further by the National Institutes of Health and informed that fluorides do not affect the central nervous system.

This goes directly against a 1944 memo from the Manhattan Project which said: “Clinical evidence suggests that uranium hexafluoride may have a rather marked central nervous system effect…it seems most likely that the F [fluoride] component rather than the [uranium] is the causative factor.”

Dr. Harold Hodge, who was working on the Manhattan Project at the time, then requested a study on the effects of fluoride on the central nervous system.

Although it was granted, the records of its results have gone missing.



Related: NZ: Federal Control Of Fluoridation Would Be A Nightmare

It’s not a coincidence that Dr. Hodge was then called in 50 years later to “advise” Dr. Mullenix on her own investigations of the effects of fluorides. He never disclosed his past work on fluoride toxicity for the Manhattan Project to her, and she believes that he was enlisted to keep an eye on her and prevent her from sharing any damaging findings.

Dr. Hodge was also the author of a memo suggesting that fluorides be promoted as dental treatments after people started to consider lawsuits after a fluoride pollution incident that took place in New Jersey in 1944.

On that occasion, the tomato and peach crops of farmers were destroyed and animals were crippled after widespread fluoride contamination downwind from the Deepwater plant where the first atomic bomb was being worked on.

Declassified memos from an emergency meeting show they sought “evidence which may be used to protect the interest of the Government at the trial of the suits brought by owners of peach orchards in … New Jersey.”

So the next time someone tells you that fluoride in your drinking water is all about helping you maintain good dental health, keep in mind that there is so much more to the story.


Related Articles:

Higher Fluoride Levels During Pregnancy May Be Linked With Lower IQ Scores In Kids: Study

Don’t Drink The Water: The Dark Side Of Water Fluoridation + Study Shows Water Has Memory: German Scientists Expand On Dr. Emoto’s Work

Fluoride Officially Classified As A Neurotoxin In World’s Top Medical Journals & Perfluorinated Chemicals (PFCs) Found In Nearly Half Of All Fast Food Wrappers From McDonald’s, Burger King, Starbucks And other Food Retailers

Fluoridation Is Mass Medication, New Zealand Supreme Court Rules

Fluoride Literally Turns the Pineal Gland to Stone, Research Suggests

Second Victory In Lawsuit Against EPA

Human rights issues bite in fluoride test case, top court told


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Meditation For Beginners: A Guide To Inner Tranquility
September 6 2022 | From: GlobalHealingCenter

The best time to start meditating is now. Meditation can help quiet the mind, focus your thoughts, and promote general well-being.




Best of all, anyone with a few free minutes can start meditating today.

Related: Spiritual Leap Of Faith

Even if you have never meditated before, don’t be intimidated. Follow the 10 easy steps below, and you will become a meditation expert in no time!

How to Meditate for Beginners

1. Find your motivation to start.

2. Pick a peaceful, quiet place.

3. Choose relaxing clothes and a comfortable pose.

4. To start, set a timer for two minutes.

5. Concentrate on your breathing.

6. If your concentration is interrupted, refocus on your breathing.

7. Do a body scan by focusing on different areas of your body.

8. End your meditation with a positive ritual.

9. Remember not to overthink it. Just enjoy the journey.

10. Make it a habit.


The Step-by-Step Guide to Meditation

While there are countless meditation techniques and practices, the steps below offer a simple way to begin. Remember, while meditating, there is always room for improvement and a chance to learn something new. Try to enjoy the journey as you hone your meditation skills.


1. Choose to Start

Meditation starts with you. No matter your age or physical condition, meditation is always within reach. What is required on your part is the decision to begin. If you need some motivation, then try thinking about the reasons why you want to try it in the first place.

Meditation can relieve stress and anxiety, promote physical and mental well being, and even be a spiritual experience. Find a quiet moment to write down what you are hoping to get out of it and go back and read it anytime you need some motivation to meditate.


2. Pick Your Location Wisely

Your environment is critical to cultivating the right experience. Try to find a peaceful, quiet space that helps you feel relaxed. While a calm bedroom, tranquil garden, or dedicated meditation space is ideal, it’s not always possible.

When the optimal location is not available, remember, your car or even work desk can serve as your very own meditation retreat. The most important thing, especially when first starting out, is finding a location where you have the freedom to meditate for at least two minutes without interruption.


3. Get Comfortable With It

Before you can completely clear your mind, you will need to limit as many distractions as possible. Even small irritations will become distracting once you begin to meditate. Scan the area before you start and consider the type of pose you will be in, the clothes you are wearing, and your surroundings in general. Turn off your cell phone and anything else that might be disruptive.



Related: Kids Meditate Instead Of Taking ADHD Medications, See Amazing Resuts + Elementary School Sends Kids To Meditation Instead Of Detention And The Results Are Astounding


Pick a Pose

Meditation works in nearly any position. Sitting, standing, and laying down are three basic poses that are great for first-time meditators. Select your starting posture based on comfort and whether or not you can hold it for a few minutes at a time. For most people, a good starting position is sitting cross-legged, hands resting on the legs, and eyes closed.


Clothes

Any clothing can work for meditation, but again, comfort is key. Many people enjoy light, loose-fitting clothes when they meditate, but you can wear anything you find relaxing. If you can’t decide what to wear, throw on your favorite pair of pajamas or comfortable workout clothes.


Chairs & Pillows

Meditation can involve long periods of sitting, especially as you progress. Seasoned meditators will typically have a dedicated cushion or mat in their home, but these are not necessary when you’re first starting out. Choose a comfy blanket or pillow or a sturdy, well cushioned chair to maximize comfort for extended meditation sessions.


Sounds & Smells

Many other factors such as sounds and smells can help set the stage for a positive meditation session. Some prefer adding aromas in the forms of incense, essential oils, or scented candles, while others like to avoid sensory distractions altogether.

Whatever you choose, just make sure the air you are breathing is fresh and clear of any toxins or pollutants. Natural sounds like wild animals or a babbling brook can also enhance or distract depending on the individual. Try a variety of settings to find out which works best for you.


4. Set a Timer

Meditation does not need to be a long process unless you want it to be. If you are just starting out, then begin with small increments of time. Setting a timer is very helpful for beginners because it can help keep your focus on breathing and not on the clock.

To start, set the timer for two minutes, and do your best to stay focused and in the moment. As your confidence builds, try extending the timer by 30 seconds every session until you are meditating for five minutes or longer.



Related: How To Fall Asleep In Under One Minute Using This Simple Breathing Pattern


5. Focus on Your Breathing

One of the best ways to begin the practice of meditation is to focus on your breathing. Choose your pose and follow your breath as it flows from your nose into your lungs and out again as you exhale.

Some find it helpful to count breaths, but it isn’t necessary. Concentrating on your breathing will help your mind focus as it adjusts to the silence. Even seasoned meditators pay close attention to their breathing as a way to be more mindful.


6. Return When You Wander

Most meditation practices aim to clear the brain of all thoughts and be more mindful. However, it is natural and even inevitable that your mind will wander or fixate on rotating feelings and physical sensations. Getting lost in these distractions is entirely normal, but not the goal of meditation. When this happens to you, recognize that your mind has wandered and try to refocus on your breathing.


7. Scan Your Body

Towards the end of each meditation session, take the time to do a body scan. During this scan, focus on different areas of your body. Ask yourself how you feel, and pay close attention to any part that may need healing. Shift your focus from your breathing and gradually move your attention from your toes up through your feet and legs. Eventually, you will reach every area of your body. Similar to your breathing, return focus when your mind wanders.


8. End Your Session on a Positive Note

Carry your mindfulness through to the end of your session. Slowly get up and take note of how you feel. Breathe in deeply and gently adjust your body and mind. Creating a personal ritual to end each session may be helpful. Ending rituals could include reciting a personal mantra or finishing with a light exercise or walk.



Related: Meditation Literally Rebuilds Your Brain


9. Don’t Overthink It

Don’t spend your meditation time worrying whether or not you are doing it right. It may take a while for you to become proficient, and that is ok. Just keep at it, have fun, and enjoy the journey.


10. Repeat Often

Meditation can help support a healthy body and mind. It promotes healthy blood pressure, a happy mood, and strengthens coping skills. However, to start seeing the benefits you will need to meditate regularly and make it a habit. Try picking a time and place every day where you can dedicate two to five minutes to meditate.

 




Meditation Aids

As you continue with your meditation journey, you may benefit from additional help and advice along the way. As meditation has gone mainstream, meditation aids of all kinds are more available.


Guided Meditation

Guided meditation is an excellent option for many beginners. Many audio and video guides are inexpensive or even free online. Depending on where you live, local guided meditation classes may also be available.

During these guided meditation classes, instructors will walk you through what to do and how to do it. In-person classes can also provide additional support from like-minded meditators.



Related: A Neuroscientist Explains What Happens To Your Brain When You Meditate


There is an App for That

Thanks to modern technologies, there is a constant stream of new resources to help you meditate better. Many phone apps can help you start or perfect the practice of meditation. With new apps coming out daily, you will have many options to choose.

Look for an app that’s in a comfortable price range and focuses on a technique you want to improve. Apps are especially beneficial for first-time meditators looking to track their progress.

Your Meditation Journey

Have you tried meditation? Leave a comment below and let us know what helps you meditate and how it improves your physical and mental health.


Related Articles:

This Is How Your ‘Aura’ Affects Your Health & Those Around You + Magnetic Fields Of The Human Body And Their Functions & 13 Signs You Are Experiencing A Spiritual Awakening

In Harmony With All Life: The Open Source Way + Lifting The Veil: Merging Science And Spirituality

How Science Arrived At The Doorstep Of Spirituality

Spirit Led Activism - The True Power Of The People + Rites Of Passage - Encountering Spiritual “Initiations” On The Path

Seven Signs You May Be Experiencing A Dark Night Of The Soul

50 Years Of Near Death Experience Research Suggests That The “Soul” Is Real + 7,000 Souls Recall Their ‘Life’ Between Lives During Regression Hypnosis, The Similarities Are Astounding



Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

  Wake Up Kiwi
Why Are People Falling Ill And Dying In Record Numbers & The Normalisation Of Sudden Death Drags On
September 5 2022 | From: HatchardReport / NZDSOS / NexusNewsfeed / Various

Excess all-cause mortality in New Zealand is running at record levels. About 100 people are dying each day in New Zealand (pop. 5 million).



A few times during the last couple of months, we have asked a key question: what are people dying of?

Related: The Tide May Be Beginning to Turn, But Most Are Pressing on Regardless

Ministry of Health data records that about 7 people are dying each day with Covid, but only about a maximum of 3 of these per day because of Covid. That is just 3% of deaths.

Occupancy of ICU beds with Covid hovers around 3-5%. Therefore it is not Covid that is overwhelming our hospitals, so what is?



Related: Excess mortality in Germany 2020-2022 (Kuhbandner & Reitzner): found in 2020, the observed number of deaths was close to expected, but in 2021 (April on), observed number of deaths was 2

The Ministry of Health and mainstream media have been talking vaguely about a bad flu season, but a quick check of the FluTracking website reveals that the 2022 flu season is not even as bad as 2019.

My plumber called in on a job last week and complained about staff falling ill continuously. Sick leave among teachers is up by 80%. The newspapers are also reporting kiwi businesses are closing because of staff shortages exacerbated by ‘winter illness’, but as the incidence flu is not that high what could be going on?

An in depth article in Stuff this morning contains an important hint:

Te Whatu Ora Taranaki hospital emergency department clinical nurse manager Therese Manning said, while there had not been much change to the number of presentations to ED in the last five years, the acuity of the patients is higher.


"This means we are seeing patients presenting with more severe illnesses and injuries…So there are more patients that need to be seen within 10 minutes of arriving….This demonstrates patients are more unwell and therefore likely to stay in hospital longer”.

Acute presentations at ED are increasing, but what are they ill with? We aren’t being told and may never be if our health czars are allowed to continue to deny access to information.

This week it has been widely reported (correctly) that six Canadian doctors died suddenly (at least three of them immediately after receiving their mandatory 4th shot), but hospitals refused to release the cause of death or vaccination status citing privacy concerns.

The authorities have vehemently denied that the deaths could be related to mRNA vaccination. See this article for a summary.

I don’t know if you have noticed, but stories about sudden death incidents seem to have dropped off the MSM radar.

Three years ago a sudden unexplained death might have made the headlines, but today if they are reported at all, they only remain on the visible online page for a very short time. You might have missed this one.



Related: New Zealand Doctors Speaking Out On Deaths Following 'Vaccinations' – “Let’s Make Our Police And MPs Put A Stop To This Now!” & A Primer On The WHO, The Treaty, And Its Plans For Pandemic Preparedness + Monkeypox Was A Table-Top Simulation Only Last Year

Yet as the Taranaki Hospital ED data and the all cause mortality data reveal:

Acute illness and sudden death are at an all time high. Life insurance data from the USA paints a similar picture.

So have our newspapers ceased to care or are they, like the hospitals and emergency services, too inundated to cope? Having heavily promoted mRNA vaccination for eighteen months, are they too embarrassed to ask questions?


Not Everyone is Keeping Silent

Professor Shmuel C. Shapira, long time Head of the Israeli Institute of Biological Research, has been speaking out about the failure of the Israeli mRNA Pfizer vaccination programme, describing it as a house of cards about to come tumbling down that will bury us all.

He tweeted:


"I am not against vaccines, I am against stupidity, false science and management that is not professional and ignores matters-of-fact.”

Dr. Clare Craig, former UK NHS diagnostic pathologist, is also raising her voice. Speaking on GB news she analysed the official German Government data. This shows that 1 in every 5,000 doses causes a serious reaction to Covid vaccines, but it doesn’t stop there.



High Percentage of COVID Deaths Had 3rd Shot, More Excess Deaths After 4th Shot

Once people catch on to the correlation, governments stop updating the data



Related Articles:

Massive Increase in Deaths Following Covid Vax Confirmed by Major Insurance Report

Gravitas: Why are so many young people dying of heart attacks?

Fit and healthy Kiwis dying unexpectedly from mysterious adult condition

Aussie Doctor Risks Medical License to Tell the Truth About COVID Vaccine Injuries and Deaths

Ongoing MASS DIE-OFF In England & Wales: 7K+ Dying Per Month In Excess Of 5 Yr Average

Massive Miscarriage Rates Among Vaccinated Pregnant Women Found Buried In The Pfizer Documents

10,000 people A DAY being killed by covid vaccines; worldwide fatalities likely larger than the HOLOCAUST

Busted: CDC Removes/Reclassifies 52,000 Death Records, Obfuscating Vax Carnage

The Dead Do Not Have a Voice, but They Are Entitled to Justice

The New Zealand Government is Ready to Do It All Again

Do You Know How Many People Have Been Killed Worldwide by Their Governments From the COVID Shots?

PfizerGate: Official Government Reports prove Hundreds of Thousands of People Are Dying Every Single Week Due to COVID-19 Vaccination

Yaffa Shiraz, Ph.D. reveals new VAERS data on infant deaths

In Every 482 Vaxed UK People Die Within One Month Of COVID Jab & CDC Deletes mRNA/Spike Claim

6 Doctors Die In Canada Within 2 Weeks – What’s Going On?

6 Doctors Die In Canada In July – What’s Going On?

University student 'dies of joy' after hearing he'd passed his exams with flying colours

Massive Increase in Deaths Following Covid Vax Confirmed by Major Insurance Report

Why Are People Falling Ill and Dying in Record Numbers

German Study Shows That It Was the “Vaccine” That Killed, Not Covid

Shocking: UK Government Admits COVID Vaccinated Children Are 4423% More Likely to Die of Any Cause & 13,633% More Likely to Die of COVID-19 Than Unvaccinated Children

9-Year-Old Dies Two Weeks After Taking COVID-19 Vaccine: VAERS

The Dead Do Not Have a Voice, but They Are Entitled to Justice

How Many Dead Doctors is Too Many?

Three Young Doctors Die Unexpectedly at Small Hospital Just Days After 4th COVID Vax Mandate

Top Causes of Death in US During COVID-19 Pandemic

Another Fully Vaccinated Canadian Doctor Is Dead



The German government is never one to shrink from data collection, so they also conducted a survey of more than half a million vaccine recipients and found that 1 in 500 reported a serious reaction after an mRNA dose (more than ten times the underreported official count).

If you are worried that lightly affected Germans are inflating the figures, stop worrying. The definition of a serious adverse reaction requires that a person be hospitalised or suffer a permanently life changing event.

Dr. Craig invited us to step back from the modelling and government guidance about efficacy and safety and consider that Covid data from around the world does not show that mRNA vaccination leads to any reduction in deaths.

Most illustrative are comparisons between comparable countries with high and low vaccination rates.

For example Israel with close to 100% vaccinated (and most boosted with four doses) compared to Palestine with just 40% double vaccinated. Israel has 1,204 Covid related deaths per million population and Palestine 1,182 deaths per million population roughly the same. It becomes apparent that mRNA vaccination does not reduce the Covid death rate.



Lawyers & Experts Reveal Evidence For World Dictatorship Under the Guise of Pandemics

A group of international lawyers, top level experts, and renowned scientists present the evidence before a Grand Jury that the COVID-19 pandemic is a criminal operation, with the purpose of installing a world dictatorship.

Among the expert witnesses are World Health Organization advisors, a United Nations official, members of British Intelligence Services, former officers from the U.S. and U.K. military, an expert from the Center for Disease Control, a former vice-president from Pfizer, a Nobel prize winner for medicine, and many other high-level witnesses.



Related Articles:

The COVID-19 Great Reset Agenda Explained in 7 Minutes

Discover the Truth About the COVID-19 / "Great Reset" One Button At a Time

The Health of Millions Has Been Affected by a Simple Scam

The COVID-19 Endgame: Global Governance, “Digital Tyranny” and the Depopulation Agenda

Ardern And The Necessity Of Kindness + Countering “The Great Reset”: “Exit Globalization”, Refuse “Digital Tyranny” And “Global Governance”




Just remember that analysis of Covid death data does not include rising all-cause deaths unrelated to Covid infection, the evidence points to reduced immunity as a result of mRNA vaccination.

Dr. Craig reported that the general public in the UK are voting with their feet and failing to come in for boosters (and they are stopping bringing in their children for this dangerous jab).

Aren’t we all in sympathy? We are waiting for our doctors to speak up and our courts to do the math.

Be brave, resilient, and silent no more.


Related Articles:

Dr. Robert Malone on Why He’s Suing the WaPo, Plus the Future of Corporate Media and What’s Next for Fauci


Historic Decision Against Mandatory Vaccination by Italian Court + Covid Vaccine Risk to Human Genome Now Legally Established (Italy)

Houston, We Have a Problem (Part 1 of 3)

Untested Bivalent COVID Jab Being Rolled Out

Is the Latest Polio Scare Actually Caused by the Vaccine?

Attorney ‘Thrilled’ After Federal Judge Blocks COVID Vaccine Mandate for Air Force, Air National Guard

Endless Boosting? Latest 2 Concerns About COVID Jabs

The Africa Advantage: Real Reasons ‘Underdeveloped Countries’ Unaffected by COVID

Pfizer Board Member Predicts Monkeypox Will Become a ‘Public Health Failure’

Genotoxicity and Carcinogenicity studies were NOT done because... the WHO

How CDC Blatantly Uses Weekly Reports to Spread COVID Disinformation: Three Examples

COVID-19 is the Murder of Old People

Scientists identify how the coronavirus spike protein causes heart damage



The Normalisation Of Sudden Death Drags On

The words “sudden” and “unexpected” in the nation’s obituary pages continue to assault the eye and the heart.



Despite the New Zealand Herald’s risible attempt to suggest otherwise, we have put out much work to show that an excess of people young and old are being crushed to death by an elephant in a room – the jabs. ​​​​​​​

Related: Is there such a thing as ‘mRNA Covid Vaccine Syndrome’? If so, what are its symptoms and how serious is it?

We are living through an apparent crime – doggedly uninvestigated by Police and Medsafe as documented at www.nzdsos.com – so monstrous that it defies belief.

Except that we know propaganda works. People have been relentlessly lied to. We are truly sick of it, and many others are waking up and sniffing the air too.

Change is in the wind, and not before time. Information is power, and we present some more anonymised deaths below, in addition to those already listed in our prior article Deaths Following C-19 Vaccination.

Whilst state funded media would have the country – and the world – believe that sudden death of the young and fit, and / or otherwise healthy is a normal occurrence, it is in fact a highly unusual occurrence which began happening last year at alarming rates.




River of Freedom - A Feature Documentary

River of Freedom is a feature documentary about Convoy NZ and the Parliament Protest during February and March 2022. It tells the story of who the people were, why they were protesting, and what happened.

Thank you to everyone who shared their stories with us. Ngā mihi nui. Noho ora mai Aotearoa New Zealand.




Related Articles:

How A Small Scientific Elite Dictates Government Policy

Urgent Message to Parents Considering the C-19 Vaccine for Children

A Brilliant Summary of Covid-19 Vaccine Evidence

New Zealanders’ Stories & Suggestions

The Truth Project – Insider’s Stories

The New Zealand government pushed one of the world's strictest COVID elimination strategies throughout the pandemic, and people are pushing back

Our Latest Open Letter to MPs

Kiwis express concern as media REFUSES to report on Avi Yemini Interpol leak

New Zealand - Safety not guaranteed

The Truth About Ivermectin

PCR and Real Time RT-PCR under critical review

Dr. Tom Cowan - Everything You Need to Know About the PCR Tests

Open Letter to Jacinda Ardern - Current Pandemic Policy and Protocols Are Out of Date

How the Globalists Keep Little New Zealand in Line

Mainstream Media Stokes the Fear Factor


Letter to Police Aug 2022 – How You Can Help

Secret Interpol memo on Avi Yemini NZ ban

The Lazy Lies of Roger Watson

Stefan Lanka: "Virus, It's Time To Go."

New Zealand - Mugged by Covid Reality


Mainstream Media Stokes the Fear Factor

The High Court of New Zealand Ducks Responsibility

Double Vaxxed New Zealanders SEVEN TIMES Sicker this Year than Pre-COVID 2019


Paula Penfold, What Happened? Where is Your Brave 2015 Self?

NZDSOS Projects




The Cardiac Inherited Diseases Group state that around 90 New Zealanders between one year to 40 years of age, experience sudden death each year.

About a third are unexplained. A registry was developed in 2008 by Waikato Clinical School at Auckland University with the aim  to “detect and protect young people at risk from SADS”. 

Reading the above Herald article and researching the cases featured, shows most are not exactly young and otherwise healthy, compared to the literally hundreds of young New Zealanders dead since the rollouts.  

The sudden deaths we are talking about are part of a horrendous rise in all-cause mortality seen in heavily vaccinated countries, including ours.

Yearly excess mortality data is available as a visual interactive at the Human Mortality Database, with New Zealand data taken from StatsNZ since 2010.

The pale blue line in the graph shows average mortality across the years 2010-2019.  In no prior year does New Zealand’s excess mortality trend so consistently above the average as it has throughout 2022.




Click on the image above to view a larger version in a new window

Related: Documentary: ‘Uninformed Consent’

As the government attempts to portray this excess death as being due to Covid-19 disease, proper data analysis shows that this is not the case. 

Pharmaceutical products instructing the body to produce spike protein are being deliberately injected into the population, despite some terrible effects

Why would we not expect this to cause immense harm to the human body?  Shi Zhengli knew it as early as February 2020.

“Risk of SADS can be lowered by avoiding certain activities such as drinking alcohol and other preventive measures” – but surely including not being injected with a substance which causes direct damage to the heart muscle and creates inflammatory responses in a number of organs including blood vessels.


An Article in a Local Paper Describes How Much Money Was Spent on Incentives to Get People to Get Vaccinated in Hawkes Bay

Over $900,000 was spent in the region coercing citizens to get an injection (that still has only provisional consent and for which the clinical trial is not yet complete) that many neither wanted nor needed.

Click on the image above to view a larger version in a new window

Related: We Know that They Know

Swathes of freebies (not really free, our tax money was used) including overseas holidays were offered to citizens! How is this remotely appropriate?

This is the antithesis of ethical medicine. It is practising medicine by bribery and corruption. This is not even the practice of medicine. It is frankly despicable.

The prescription and administration of pharmaceutical medicine should only occur in the context of a personal doctor-patient relationship without bribery or the interference of government. Is it too late to reclaim ethical medicine?



Watch: Excess Death Data Contradicts Normalisation of Sudden Death

This video discusses increased excess deaths in New Zealand up to June 2022, using data from the New Zealand government’s own StatsNZ website. For those who find graphs difficult to interpret, the researcher talks it through clearly.

The highest excess mortality appears to be occurring in the 60+ age group, although all groups are affected.  Numbers are increasing over time, particularly since February 2022.

We asked NZ statistics researcher Grant Dixon to check out the work, and he confirms it is correct. Grant says the very latest figures are worse still, with a 30% excess mortality.  

The presenter also talks of possible motive. It seems relevant to question why those expressing concerns about overpopulation are now central to a “public health” intervention which, rather than offering improvements in health outcomes, appear to be contributing to excess harm and death.


"An extremely concerning trend where more and more people are dying, especially in 2022 … Why is it that this year, we are starting to see a big explosion in deaths?”




Related: As the COVID Myths Explode, Delusions Are Shattering: Our Exit from Subservience Leads to Nuremberg 2.0

A Final and Tragic Note

Why are all these deaths occurring? Well, NZ researchers and others have found abnormalities down the microscope but frankly there any number of possible reasons since no clinical trials were done to see what might happen with these untried and unknown ingredients. 

Below are some more unexpected and sudden deaths of New Zealanders since May 2022. These are in addition to those listed in our prior article. The names are fictional. 

We repeat yet again, that these deaths must be investigated to determine whether any link to the novel gene therapy injections exists. We say it does. How many more will have to die before authorities investigate?

Les, 60yo. Fire Chief,  several hours after his booster. Suffered aortic rupture.

Richard, 44yo. Bad headaches then died following  jab. Supposedly compensation was paid.

Rosie, 12yo. Suddenly collapsed at athletics, parents did CPR. Died at hospital.

Louis, 64yo. Holidaying overseas. “Sudden medical event” while swimming.  Needed vaccines to attend all of his disabled son’s activities.

Kerry, 53yo. Sudden medical event. Yeah, he died.  Mandated at supermarket.

Joanne, 32yo. Medical worker. Her mother found her dead in bed after severe headaches, the evening after a booster. Single mother, was concerned booster would harm her. Coroner kept her phone.

Whetu, 40s. Sudden death playing basketball with his son, their favourite activity together.

Simon, 50s. Died overseas after sudden short illness. Worked for an airline so fully jabbed up.

George, 62yo. Fit man, grew vegetables. Sudden death after being sent home from ED.

Dionne, 59yo. Mandated teacher. Sudden death at home.

Malua, 14yo. Double-jabbed. Sudden cardiac arrest at home, died 2 days later in ICU.

Marlon, 30yo. Off-duty police constable. Died in single car crash.

Jenny, 30yo. NHS worker, died overseas. Death labelled as Sudden Adult Death Syndrome.

Will, 48yo. Aircraft engineer. Sudden unexplained death.

Olivia, 55yo. Mandated teacher. Sudden unexpected death.

Patrick, 31yo. Senior advisor to government. Sudden shocking death.

Steven, 28yo. Died in ICU after sudden internal haemorrhage.

Jasmine, 55yo. Mandated early childhood teacher. Sudden death mid July 2022.

Rami 23yo. Died of acute cardiac failure. Found dead in flat by mother. Mandated student.

Jackson, 13yo. Sudden death. Vaccinated.

Related Articles:

Tucker Carlson on Fauci Resignation

The Biotech Tipping Point

‘Resist, Wake Up, Stop Obeying’: Holocaust Survivor Draws Parallels in Current Society to Nazi Germany

The Unvaccinated Will Be Vindicated: A 100K Thank You to the Citizen Heroes of Our Time

Pandemic Policy is Not Based on Science, So What Is It Based on?

“Biggest scandal in medical history.”

Tedros not jabbed? Well who’d have thought?


Natural News releases post-vaccine clot ICP-MS elemental analysis results, comparing clots to human blood … findings reveal these clots are NOT “blood” clots

Mike Adams reveals shocking LAB RESULTS of post-vaccine CLOTS that are killing millions


Ivermectin Suppression, California Declares Monkeypox “Emergency” & The Manufactured Energy Crisis

The Madness of Groupthink




Dr. Michael Yeadon: The Most Important Single Message I’ve Ever Written

Dear everyone, who is nervously looking around and is asking “What the hell is going on?”



I hope this isn’t too controversial. It’s certainly frightening, but I believe we are still on the right side of disaster & if enough of us become aware of what is happening here & everywhere in the democratic world, we can recover the situation.

Related: Light At The End of The Tunnel: COVID Narrative Finally Crumbling?

We really don’t have long. I believe it’s likely things will change irretrievably over this coming winter [Northern Hemisphere]. Hence this urgent and unusual request.

Everything that’s happened and is happening becomes much simpler and it all makes sense, only when you force yourself to think the impossible.

If you experimentally adopt the position that OUR GOVERNMENT IS ACTIVELY WORKING TO HARM US, TO DISMANTLE MODERN SOCIETY & ENSLAVE ALL PEOPLE IN A DIGITALLY CONTROLLED TOTALITARIAN WORLD, it all fits.

Nothing is surplus.




Related: 'Everything Your Government Has Told You About This Virus Is a Lie': FLUVID-19 - Official Trailer | Fluvid-19.com

Even if your immediate response is that this is absurd, please try it for a day or so.

 I ask you further to adopt the experimental position that the media, controlled by just six global corporations, all allied to a single global organization you’ve all heard of, is relentlessly lying to you and has been doing so for over 2.5 years. 

Same for the internet, controlled by fewer global corporations, also all allied to that same global organization.

Because I am certain it’s true. I am certain because this all started with a scientific fraud relating to a virus, augmented it with a relentless campaign of fear, imposed measures known to be useless, which wrecked the economy and smashed civil society, then coerced most to accept useless, unnecessary, ineffective and deliberately dangerous injections.

Obviously, this is an odious crime. Nothing like it has ever happened.

I’ve been 41 years in life sciences from training to successful biotech CEO and was worldwide research head and Vice President of Pfizer’s respiratory unit (1995-2011). I have absolutely no incentive to say any of this if I wasn’t certain.



Better To Get Hurt By The Truth Than Comforted With A Lie + The Pfizer Vaccine Only Has 1,291 Side Effects!




Related Articles:

Pfizer's History of Fraud, Corruption, and Using Nigerian Children as 'Human Guinea Pigs'

Twitter censors Pfizer injured Israeli COVID vaccine director

The Carefully Promoted Fantasy of Biotech Safety Dissolves in a Global Tsunami of Death, but It is Not Over

Queensland Senator Gerald Rennick Explains How These Jabs Work

Australia’s Lockdown and Vaccine Narrative Has Fallen Apart

Former Pfizer Senior Blows Whistle on Death Shots

Moderna Sues Pfizer and BioNTech Over Alleged Vaccine Patent Infringement

CDC to Get Overhaul After Major ‘Public Mistakes’ in COVID Response

Health care workers fired over vaccine mandate awarded $10 million in settlement

NIH to terminate EcoHealth Alliance grant after its Wuhan partners refuse to deliver information on coronavirus studies

Statement by Anthony S. Fauci, M.D.

Covid-19 Comparisons: Commemorating The Nuremberg Code

Fauci Announces He’s Stepping Down as NIAID Director, Medical Adviser to Biden

The CDC Just Quietly & Dramatically Changed Their Claims About mRNA Vaccine Safety

Mass Exodus Of Scientists Leaving CDC, FDA: ‘Not Following The Science’

CDC, FDA & NIH Scientists Embarrassed By Lack of Science Guiding COVID Vaccine Policy

Multiple Scientists Sue Biden Admin For Censoring COVID-19 Facts

Lawsuits Coming for Entities That Don’t Change COVID Mandates After CDC Update: Lawyer

Smoking Gun: US Government, CDC Colluded with Google, Twitter, Facebook to Censor Important Information About Experimental COVID Vaccines

$10.3 Million Settlement Reached in First COVID Vaccine Mandate Class Action Suit

COVID Vaccine Injuries Quietly Being Compensated Around the World, Are You Eligible?

CDC Claims Link Between Heart Inflammation and COVID-19 Vaccines Wasn’t Known for Most of 2021: Report

CDC Backtracks on COVID Guidance as Damning Studies Mount

YouTube Makes Major Changes to COVID-19 ‘Misinformation Policies’

One Year Later: How the Biden Admin, Big Tech, and Pfizer Fooled Americans into Taking “FDA Approved” COVID Vaccines that Never Actually Existed

Why is US Govt rewriting the history of the mRNA vaccines?

COVID-19 Vaccines Didn’t Work, so CDC Changed the Definition of Vaccines

COVID-Period Mass Vaccination Campaign and Public Health Disaster in the USA

Former CDC Medical Officer Calls Out Inaccurate COVID Death Count

CDC ends social distancing and contact quarantining Covid recommendations

CDC admits YOU GOT SUCKERED if you believed the COVID lies

CDC guidelines have been revised and COVID rules have been relaxed

Mask Mini-Kit

Do you qualify for a mask exemption?

Why are they trying to say that 'anti-maskers' could be terrorist threats?

Distressing Dependence on the Covid Face Mask: A Tool of Social Confinement. Dr. Nicole Delépine

The Most Perniciously Perfect Piece of Propaganda: The Covid Face Mask

One Mask is Good, Two Masks Are Better! Dr. Ash & Dr Andy's Mask Science 4 Kidz



I am certain. This all took place “in my wheelhouse”, my domain of expertise.

Please consider what I’ve said.


"I’ve given over 70 interviews, all censored. I’ve been foully smeared. It’s propaganda. It tells you what they’re capable of.”

Here’s what Pfizer’s former board member wrote about my accomplishments:

Turning Pfizer Discards Into Novartis Gold: The Story Of Ziarco

Do I sound like a fool?

Many have asked why people didn’t resist tyrants in the past. Partly it is fear. But it’s more than that. It’s that normal people, like you and me, simply cannot imagine being so evil. We trust in humanity.

And so we should. Most people are good. Few are truly terrifyingly horrible. But some are. It’s the inability to believe it’s happening that really stopped people objecting when they should, when the evidence was unmistakable but had not yet quite reached their door, their family.

They are coming for you and your children. It is happening again. There’s ample evidence emerging of long-term, patient planning. I’m so sorry.

It’s now up to you. I genuinely don’t see what else I can do.

Best wishes & sincere thanks,

Dr. Michael Yeadon


Related Articles:

Over 1,000 Reports of Adverse Events After COVID-19 Vaccination in Toddlers, Babies

Negligent COVID-19 Treatment of Unvaccinated Patients by Doctors Continues to Surface

US Funded Research On "Coronavirus Induced Myocarditis", FDA Authorized New Jab & The Green Police

Rockefeller Foundation Funds Behavioral Scientists to Brainwash People Into Taking COVID Injections

Inflammatory mRNA Nanoparticles Inhibit and Alter Immune Response: Pre-Print Study

Is the Spike Protein Causative in Haemoglobin Disorders and Clotting?

COVID Inquiry 2.0 – 15 – Julian Gillespie

The Fight For Your Mind: Information Battlefield Tactics of the Nudge Units Exposed

The Psychology of Totalitarianism

Democrats are trying to shift blame about the COVID-19 vaccine to Trump

Unusual Toxic Components Found in COVID Vaccines, ‘Without Exception’: German Scientists

The Planned Fall 2022 “Epidemics Tyranny”

The Long Read: Is mRNA Vaccination Affecting Our Psychology?

Does the Covid Vax Weaken Your Immune System? Multiple Studies Say

New Virus Breakout Raises Question of Bioterrorism

New and Recurrent Cancers After mRNA Vaccines, Studies Suggest Immune Changes

Active US Military Service Members: Significant Increase in Cancers, Myocarditis, and Pericarditis Resulting from Covid-19 Vaccine


Hundreds of citizens peacefully demonstrated in Munich, Germany to uphold the human right to informed consent

"Baffling" Excess Death Mystery, Zelensky's Nuclear Game & New Bivalent Jab Will Cause Real Pandemic

The Dogma and History of Vaccination. Questioning “Germ Theory” is a Taboo

They’re Killing our Children: Will There be Doctors and Public Health Officials Fleeing for the Exits?

COVID Vaccines: Making Sense of Injuries & Effectiveness (Part 1)

Nature journal reveals how graphene can be used to assemble radio frequency electronics in biological systems

A Global Biotechnology System Designed to Mislead You and Me

Andrew Bolt SLAMS media reporting of Avi Yemini NZ ban

FAUCI THE LIAR: Multiple Scientists at Gain-of-Function Hearing Say Fauci ‘Untruthful’

HERE WE GO AGAIN: Biden Declares Monkeypox a ‘Public Health Emergency,’ 0.0002% Infected in U.S.

Wuhan Lab Was Genetically Manipulating Deadly Nipah Virus, Expert Testifies at Senate Hearing

New Science Shows Vaccines Help Omicron Spread: Peer-Reviewed Study

Doctors Criticize Fauci for Saying COVID Vaccines Induce ‘Temporary’ Menstrual Irregularities

COVID-19 Vaccines Hinder the Immune System, Lead to More Severe Illness: Dr. Robert Malone

Detailed Investigation of Spike Protein Action Suggests Mechanisms for Adverse Effect Generation

Germany's Largest Health Insurer Reveals 1 in 25 Clients Underwent Medical Treatment in 2021 for Covid 'Vaccine' Side Effects

Monkey Pox is Coming and the Vaccine too…

Monkey Pox

Covid-19 and Fertility: Why Are Fewer Babies Being Born?

Doctors The World Around Admit COVID Jabs Are Dangerous, As The Game Begins Again With Monkeypox

New Science Shows Vaccines Help Omicron Spread: Peer-Reviewed Study

Denmark bans COVID vaccine for youth under 18

The Incongruities of Our Time Are Mind-Boggling

Genocide by Covid Injections

Covid Vaccination and Turbo-Cancer. “Multiple Tumors in Multiple Organs”. Dr. Ute Kruger

Spain Admits Spraying Deadly Chemtrails as Part of Secret UN Program: One Month after March 2020 Covid-19 Lockdown

The Triumph of Lies over Truth, of Tyranny over Freedom Is the Story of Our Time


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi
 Liz Gunn Love Letter To All Kiwis - Speaking Up For Counterspin 
September 4 2022 | From: FreeNZ / CounterspinMedia / Various

"Hannah I am so proud of how you spoke, so proud of you & Kelvyn."



"What kind of New Zealand is this ghastly government creating?"

Related: Liz Gunn Courageously Speaks Out in Love for Counterspin – And For All of Us

Executive Producers and Hosts of ‘Counterspin Media’ Kelvyn Alp and Hannah Spierer were arrested on Thursday 25th August 2022 and charged with allegations relating to ‘objectionable’ material.

The alleged offense; a link to an offshore site containing parts of a documentary investigation into the “Christchurch Massacre” shared on ‘Telegram’. All electronics including production equipment, mobile phones, drives and computers were seized.

It seems the state via its Chief Censor, believes it’s the sole arbiter of what information people have access to.
Kelvyn and Hannah reject these allegations.

‘Counterspin Media’ hold the steadfast belief that the people are the highest authority on this land and as such are not subject to restrictions in anyway, save physical harm being caused and a victim created.

Liz Gunn has 30+ years of presenting and interviewing experience & after working as a litigation lawyer, Liz began presenting the magazine show Sunday for TVNZ in the early 1990s, then filled in on Radio New Zealand.

She became a familiar face on Kiwi television, including launching long-running magazine show Good Morning & news reading on weekend bulletins. After a decade in Australia she returned to Aotearoa, rejoining RNZ, and doing video interviews for entertainment website The 13th Floor.

In 2001 she surprised audiences on Breakfast with Mike Hosking, when she suddenly quit the show live on-air.

 



Related Articles:

The Show they tried to Cancel - Episode 73 - Lessons from Across the Ditch

Australian journalist flees NZ after Interpol leak uncovers him as police target


Christchurch & the Counterspin Arrests: Govt Secrecy Run Amok?

The VERY Curious Timing of the Counterspin Arrests...

Liz Gunn: Former TVNZ Presenter & Radio NZ Host On Being A Truth Teller, Loving Mother & Warrior Woman



Stuff's "Fire and Fury" - Deep State Hit Piece Misfires

Counterspin Media, along with a handful of other freedom groups and individuals, was dead centre of major government funded media attack.

The lavishly funded 'Stuff circuit' hit piece 'Fire and Fury' spectacularly failed to hit its mark. Instead, the attempt to demonise various individuals and organizations within the 'Freedom movement' become more of a 'fizzer and flop'.

Nothing more that gutter journalism in a designer dress.





Related Articles:


NZDSOS: Fire and Fury Media Counterstatement

Stuff's "Fire and Fury" - The Aftermath - Experts Speak Out

Chantelle Baker reacts to Fire and Fury

Media Hit Piece On The People Exposed! Kelvyn, Hannah, Amy, Carlene & Carl on The Vinny Eastwood Show

Paula Penfold, What Happened? Where is Your Brave 2015 Self?

Fire and Fury 'Documentary'

Kelvyn Alp from Counterspin Media chats with Michael Laws


Fire and Fury is often funny - unintentionally





Related Articles:


New Zealand Turns Sinister

Rise in hostility since conspiracy theory arrests triggers call for stronger response

A top New Zealand Disinformation Guru admits Counterspin Media & Alex Jones are Winning the Infowar

Coup In New Zealand

70% of the Population lives in a Herd Mentality

The Latest Tragedy: Sudden Adult Death Syndrome & It’s Now Crucial to Understand What We’re Up Against: The COVID Pandemic is A Coup d’état, A Global Takeover Referred to as “The Great Reset” + We Need a Reset, but Not ‘The Great Reset’

A Masterclass In Propaganda & Transgressing The Logic Of The New Tyrannical Normal

NWO: Totalitarianism And The Five Stages Of Dehumanization + Why 2022 Is 1973: Klaus Schwab Is Zbigniew Brzezinski

Better To Get Hurt By The Truth Than Comforted With A Lie + The Pfizer Vaccine Only Has 1,291 Side Effects!

Ardern And The Necessity Of Kindness + Countering “The Great Reset”: “Exit Globalization”, Refuse “Digital Tyranny” And “Global Governance”

The Jacinda Papers & Ardern’s Great Kiwi Reset + Canada Shows How The End Of COVID Is Going To Bring A Long-Overdue Reckoning For The So-Called Liberal Leaders Who Are Still Trying To Use It To Oppress Their People And Steal Their Freedoms

Why The World Should Be Very Concerned About New Zealand Under The Ardern Government & Regulatory Capture In The Age Of COVID



Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Megalithic New Zealand: Pyramids, Rabbits, And Megaliths Of Upper World And Underworld
September 3 2022 | From: Priscilla Rawiri-Steele

Pyramids and megalithic monuments are everywhere in New Zealand, so often eroded or utterly huge they may, and have been explained away as natural rock formations, so people tend to fail to see them.



‘Little Pyramid’ Okia, Victory Beach, Otago Peninsula New Zealand

It is only in old photos like the one below of the Gorge du Fier in France, it is possible to see the men are looking down upon an enormous face of a pagan deity which has subsequently been carefully smoothed, as has protractedly occurred in New Zealand.



Little pyramid on Otago peninsular, New Zealand

Related: Pyramids and Grottos at Okia, Victory Beach Otago, in the South Island

It is only in old photos like this one of the Gorge du Fier in France, it is possible to see the men are looking down upon an enormous face of a pagan deity which has subsequently been carefully smoothed, as has protractedly occurred in New Zealand.



Gorge du Fier at d'Annecy France – the yellow box contains the face that the men are looking down upon; sourced from an old post card in my personal collection

Little pyramid at Okia, Victory Beach Otago, in the South Island of New Zealand has long since been vandalized. Next to it is a half-buried sphinx; its face has been cut away. Why intentionally hide an ancient civilization by disguise / disfigurement / damnatio memoriae and then present the wreck of it to future generations as mysterious: Cui Bono?



Low tide reveals an ancient wall at Achilles Point Ladies Bay / St. Heliers, Auckland, NZ. This is clearly a construction - not a natural formation




Wall at Machu Picchu, Peru. The construction technique is an example of the dimensional knockover technique as decribed by David Wilcock in his research / writings




Elephant Megalith Heimaey Island south Iceland




Cape Brett, New Zealand carving of an African Elephant

Cape Brett, where the tourist ships pass through was long ago carved into the shape of a massive African Elephant. Like these massive carvings, black basalt columns with hexagonal / pentagonal tops were carefully explained away as natural rock carvings as early as 1772, by Sir Joseph Banks.

Having noticed them in New Zealand upon the Otago Peninsular, Banks hurried to Staffa Island to compare the black basalt columns there with the The Giants’ Causeway in Ireland, and to obscure their true nature and meaning by explaining them away as miraculous and natural rock formations (The Extreme Earth, Caves by Jeanne K. Hanson, and Geoffrey H. Nash p. 70 Staffa Island).



Canto XLi Ludovico Ariosto’s Orlando Furioso as translated by (Hieronymus)Jiminez de Urrea

Why would Sir Joseph Banks do such a thing? Honey bees make hexagonal cells in their hives, and the honey bee is the emblem of Minoans. Ubiquitous hexagon causeways, and pillar designs are an important key to understanding that, like a honey thief pillaging the hive for honey, the gold and riches stored in the castles / temples / pyramids of Minoans had been violently and protractedly extracted.



Ancient wall at Owairaka, New Zealand

At Don Heads Coles beach Devonport Tasmania are the same worn hexagonal / pentagonal rocks, and by 1802-4 the Tasmanian Aboriginal had been eradicated from the face of the Earth.

Was Banks covering up archaeological monumental clues? Was Banks complimenting with his dismissal of man-made edifices and megaliths, the damnatio memoriae practiced by academics over the last four centuries so that today, Hyperborea mentioned in my modern edition of Orlando Furioso, is referred to by just one short line stating that Hyperborea is a land that lies “in the extreme north”?



Lion Rock, Piha, West coast, Auckland,m New Zealand.

It is hard to escape the question: what would drive academics to so deface an original work so they might change the location of a whole country / domain spanning at least three continents, from south to north?

Photo below, imputed to portray Machu Picchu as it was found by the son of a Protestant missionary, Hiram Bingham. Under sphinx (with ancient ghostly outline of face cut away and lying crumped on left paw?

The same sawing marks are on this sphinx head, as on the cut away head at one of the two sphinx at Piha pictured above, on Auckland’s west coast) 1912. Overleaf are two photos of Paritutu, or what is called today Sugar Loaf at New Plymouth. Despite all the foliage and erosion, the sphinx face and flaring Egyptian crown is evident to the naked eye. In the water, paws may yet be discerned.



Machu Picchu, 1912

Why pyramids and Megaliths in New Zealand? Due to the towering stature of remains found, Flinders Petrie hypothesized that the first dynasty of Egypt came from Pa Swenet (Pwenet, Punt).





After the Reformation, those once clandestinely Humanist, but subsequent to and during the Reformation, openly Protestant countries, undoubtedly took what became known as the Flemish and or German Giant Rabbit, off the abodes they destroyed, at what is today called Auckland. I believe our rabbit of Pa Swenet (Pwenet or Punt) went on to carry his time piece, and run in haste before Alice in Dis.


Paritutu New Plymouth, New Zealand

Fairly central to The Triumph of Death, did Bruegel the Elder depict next to our beloved honey bee depicted as flying fecal matter, our beautifully preserved and treasured vases being lowered from our castles?

Today these ancient masterpieces are held in great Museums of the world such as The Getty and are given pertinent or profound attributions such as The Underworld Painter and too, bogus attributions like The Baltimore Painter.




Paritutu New Plymouth, New Zealand

In the late 18th century, the light bulb was also stolen from the Pa at what is today called Auckland, a place which The Royal (Naval) Society explorative scientists vouched was the receptacle of all the treasures and secrets of The Herculaneum (as mentioned in the Third Edition of my second book citing The Enlightenment and Why it Still Matters by Anthony Pagden).



Bruegel The Elder The Triumph of Death




Terrain for comparison with Bruegel’s The Triumph of Death from a View of Auckland from Mount Eden circa 1910 as sourced from a Post card marked Tourist Series B026 Printed in Great Britain.  The zigzag of dark greenery follows the old canal




This almost two and a half thousand year old Red Figure Vase is attributed to The Underworld Painter, so does it form part of loot taken from Te Totara (said by the Ancient Greeks Tartaros – The Underworld)?




Francesco del Cossa (1430 – 1477) The Triumph of Venus painting held in Palazzo Schifanoia, Ferrara

The rubbing out of archaeological sites was carried out and recorded over centuries. At the beginning of the 20th Century, Ōwairaka Pa (later called Mount Albert) was forcibly taken down by half its mass. In the photo below, the quarry pictured is noticeably on the same proportions as Bruegel’s Tower of Babel.



Pieter Bruegel the Elder 1525 – 1569 Painting called The Tower of Babel

The beautiful Auaunga (Au as it is today, is short for Latin Aurum or gold) stream canal has been covered. (“….Quarrying stopped suddenly in 1928. The height of the mountain was reduced from 148 metres to 135 metres and most of the Maori terraces were destroyed. Today, less than half the original land mass remains.



Men posing on a ‘quarry’ at Auckland ca. 1900.  Photograph originally sourced from Auckland War Memorial Museum

The ballast pit was levelled off to make the archery field and in 1961, the inside surfaces of the cone were smoothed off further removing archeological traces”. As sourced from ‘Destruction of the Mountain’ at Ōwairaka Mount Albert Heritage Walks, Neighbourhood Walks at Aucklandcouncil.gov.nz).



A rock climber at the base of the citadel Mount Eden 1967


Did the Hyperboreans survive the last Ice Age, and are those ghostly straight lines really the outline of pyramids hiding there under snow and ice in Antarctica?



Related:
Ruins Of Ancient City Found In Antarctica?

Are there undiscovered pyramids in New Zealand filled with untold treasure? If these matters which stir every adventurer’s heart would be answered by the truth coming out about the fate of the Hyperboreans, it is also pertinent to ask; what is the long term social and political and moral legacy of covering up the truth about what happened to the Minoans of Hyperborea?



Philomel passing before Pyramid Coromandel 1946

Here, the twins with the Minoan flower central to the Phaistos disc are beautifully painted in Augustus Earle’s observation about the fate of the founders of the First Dynasty of Egypt. Are future generations of academics really going to allow the raft of lies and manipulation of truth to continue, and ultimately, at what cost to Humanity?




Megalithomania 2008: Hamish Miller - The Stone People of New Zealand





Published on Jun 26, 2012
The 2016 Megalithomania Conference is on 7th-8th May in Glastonbury, UK, with a top line-up of ancient mysteries authors and researchers including Julian Richards, Brien Foerster, Hugh Newman and more. Details here: megalithomania.co.uk.

Filmed at the Megalithomania Conference, Glastonbury, 17th - 18th May 2008. (Also available on a high-quality DVD from megalithomania.co.uk. An account of the extraordinary manifestations of the energy of the earth at sacred places in New Zealand, looking at many ancient pre-Maori megalithic sites.

Hamish co-authored 'In Search of the Southern Serpent' with Barry Brailsford about the pre-historic sites and earth energies of New Zealand and updates us on his research at Megalithomania. He discussed the cathartic communication through the Stone People which led to the creation of his new project, the Parallel Community 9includes 6 minute preview of the new DVD).



Related: Disinterest In Pre-Maori History Stuns

Hamish Miller is a dowser, metal sculptor and author. He read engineering at Edinburgh and through his books, talks and workshops his work on earth energies has earned him an international reputation. Book titles include The Sun and the Serpent, It's Not Too Late,

The Dance of the Dragon, The Definitive Wee Book on Dowsing, and In Search of the Southern Serpent (published in May 2006).

A new DVD, Hamish on The Parallel Community was released in November 2007 and is now available. Hamish has lectured widely in Britain, America, Australia, South Africa and New Zealand and has appeared in television programmes in Britain, Sweden, Holland, America, Australia and South Africa.

Currently working with the rapidly expanding Parallel Community (inspired by his cathartic 'meeting' with the ancestors in New Zealand), Hamish lives with his wife Ba, physiotherapist, dowser and researcher, on twelve acres of rough bracken, gorse and granite where they spend their spare time planting trees and trying to stop rabbits from eating them.

Related: Russian Scientists Build And Study Pyramids: What They Found Could Change The World


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

You Are Being Programmed: Five Ways Your Thoughts Are Being Driven Against Your Own Self-Interest
September 2 2022 | From: NaturalNews / Various

There are plenty of examples in history of mind control being used to influence masses of people to bend to the will of those in control.



These days, as the Activist Post points out, mind control has expanded beyond the purely psychological to incorporate a technological aspect as well.

Related: Brainwashed: The Goal Of The Media Is To Poison The Minds Of The Masses With Toxic Hatred And Engineered “Thought Loops”

The good news is that by being aware of these methods, you can avoid or at least reduce their effects to some degree.


Propaganda and Advertising

As media continues to consolidate, the lines are blurring between government and corporate structure. News, television, movies and print can work together to deliver a message that seems to be true simply because so many sources report the same thing.



Related: 5 Damaging Lies Advertisements Desperately Want You To Believe

With increasingly busy lives, people don’t have time to make the effort to delve further into what is true and what isn’t among all the information we are constantly bombarded with, and it can be easier to just accept what we’re told about topics like vaccines, the flu, and pesticides. Many times, these messages are even taken one step further and also sent subliminally.


Water, Air and Food

Another modern method of mental programming is the use of poisonous additives in our foods that change people’s brain chemistry to make them more docile.



Related: Shocking U.S. Death Chart Reveals Root Cause Of Most Mortality Comes From Prescriptions And Food Chemicals

For example, MSG and aspartame essentially kill off brain cells by overstimulating them, and they are so widely distributed that we’re seeing the population become increasingly unmotivated and distracted.

The fluoride that is regularly put in people’s drinking water, meanwhile, has been found to lower IQ.

Even those who are more conscious about avoiding processed foods are still vulnerable from the pesticides sprayed on produce.


Education

Many people grumble that today’s youth are far less intelligent in many regards than older generations, and this might not be an accident.



Related: Unschooling: Radical Education That Produces Free Human Beings Instead Of Slaves

After all, dumbing down the people makes it a lot easier to impose your will on them. People who want to homeschool often face a lot of opposition – have you ever asked yourself why that is?


Drugs

Drugs are a convenient way to control people, and many times, it’s the people themselves who seek them out after being convinced that they somehow have something wrong with them.

Psychiatry is considered by some to be one of the biggest facilitators of modern mind control as it tries to define everyone based on their disorders rather than their positive attributes.



Related: The Drugs May Be The Problem – Inconvenient Truths About Big Pharma And The Psychiatric Industry +
Psychologist Speaks Out: Psychiatry Is Misleading Public About Mental Disorders


In fact, it is those who dare to question authority who often find themselves being labeled as having a mental problem and therefore in need of a mind-numbing medication. With more than a quarter of American children now taking psychiatric drugs, it’s becoming a normal way of life for the next generation.


Military Testing

It’s an unfortunate fact that service men and women have long been subjected to mind control and medical experiments. When you think about it, people in the military tend to be those who respond well to structure and obedience, and training entails following orders without putting up resistance.



Related: July 20, 1977: CIA Mind Control Project MKUltra Documents Released For The First Time

There are plenty of other mind control methods we’re seeing put to good use these days everywhere from religion and politics to sports and computers and even the electromagnetic spectrum.

We are even seeing the development of artificial intelligence (AI) that can essentially read your mind by decoding your brain signals, and it’s scary to think of where this could all be headed. It’s time to wake up to what is really going on around you if you want to stand any chance of saving your free will.


Related Articles:

What The History Channel Left Out About The Declassified CIA Program: “History Of MK-Ultra”

Escaping The Matrix: 10 Ways To Deprogram Yourself

Ten Ways To Protect Yourself From NLP Mind Control

How Mnemonic Is Used To Program And Control Your Mind


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

NWO Control System Vs. The Awakening - Which Will Win?
September 1 2022 | From: HumansAreFree

At this pivotal time in history, the era of our awakening through truth and transparency, it has never been more amazing to be alive.



A number of us know that the stakes are high in the fight for our freedom: On one side, we have an increasingly destructive parasitic control system; a well-oiled machine coldly designed by the ruling elite and associates to screw us all over with its false and limiting paradigms. 

Related: The Great Transformation: A World Awakening

Then, on the other hand, we are undergoing a mass awakening with changes in consciousness having the potential to co-create a transformed planet.

So, which one will win, the ruling elite’s control system or our awakening? – A very open-ended question that could give many different responses, I realize, but here’s my response, coming from the heart perspective.


The Control System

All things are energy. Every aspect of the parasitic control system serves to destroy our heart energy. It serves to disconnect us from our powerful intuitive heart intelligence. Put simply, the ruling elite want us to be like them, heartless.

They have had us programmed and brainwashed into believing many falsehoods so that we can be left to our own accords to demonstrate our heartlessness to each other.

Take for example, the case of fighting their secretly manufactured wars for power, profit and political gains. In these never-ending wars, the only real enemy, the only ‘us’ versus ‘them’ is we-the-people against the ruling elite, everything else is merely an illusion.

-The same can be said about other secretly manufactured conflicts such as those involving civil unrest, race wars and the spoils of economic disruption...



Related: Black Magic: Satanists Rule The World, Not Politicians, Bankers Or Military Heads [Although They Are Usually All One And The Same] + Another Illuminati Whistleblower Speaks Out


From cradle to grave our intuitive heart energy takes a hammering by the narrow, deeply stifling education system curriculum and then the workplace: In both cases we’ve been programmed and brainwashed into the profit worshiping, self-serving corporate/banker greed-driven systems with the consumerist ‘he who dies with the most toys wins’  and the ‘survival of the fittest’ attitudes.

Then there’s the ruling elite’s owned and controlled mainstream media. Entertainment is entrainment: The mainstream media is designed to affect our behaviour after watching endless hours of TV/movies where people treat each other horribly, while we are made to become desensitised.

Not to forget the highly deceptive fear-inducing fake news; selling secret sponsored false terrorism with its outsider demons or false bogeymen…


Occultism

Another assault on the heart exists in the form of occultism. The ruling elite secretly meet up in rooms said to have the right geometry/symmetry conducive to holding their negative energy rituals.



Related: The Fraudulent Monetary System & The Occult Meanings Of Mortgage: Why A Mortgage Is A Pledge To The Dead

Their negative energy rituals or occult symbolism as for example in corporate logos is designed to have counterproductive effects on humanity through affecting our psyche in the morphogenetic field.


Transhumanism

Our human qualities are seriously under threat by the transhumanism agenda. With the use of its technologies such as nano-technology, genetic engineering, drugs, robotics and bionics… to ‘enhance’ us, we are in grave danger of losing our heart connectivity and thus getting rendered powerless to do anything about the ruling elite’s control system.

7 Reasons Why Transhumanism is the Greatest Threat to the Human Species


Earth and our energetic disconnection

Our heart energies extend to an energetic connection with Earth. It’s no coincidence that EARTH is an anagram for HEART.

The ruling elite are destroying planet Heart’s energy by polluting the land, air, food and water through geo-engineering, fracking, chemical pollution, radiation, genetic modification… as we blindly partake.



Related: Space Fence: Connecting The Surveillance And Transhumanist Agendas

The recent protests over the laying down of oil pipeline at Standing Rock, Dakota is a stand for the heart energy: Here we have a situation where on one side there are protesters honouring a piece of land as a God-given sacred living entity, providing fertile soil and fresh water…

On the other side, a number of heartless individuals; bribed politicians representing greed-driven corporations, an over-the-top, intimidating and known to be brutal militarized police force to deal with the peaceful protesters should they impede the land-spoiling  pipeline construction…


Our Awakening

In this age of truth and transparency, in our awakening, having chosen the ‘service to others’ pathway, more than ever, we need to demonstrate gratitude, compassion, empathy, generosity, kindness and caring for each other as a way of staying in the heart.

Self-acceptance, finding peace with yourself allows staying in the heart, a place where the parasitic control system cannot find a way of attaching itself in order to use you.

Not only for survival and supporting each other, but also for our transformation, I’ve always believed that the answer lies in forming local communities.

Each community must have unity, self-sufficiency and discernment to survive and thrive. A community-based living that would focus on an even distribution of wealth rather than concentrating it to the hands of a select few…



Related: The Masses Are Awakening

We need to redefine the education system with theory and practice that goes beyond the current paradigm. Besides openness, we need to demonstrate more honesty and integrity in our approaches.

We, as a species, got ourselves into this mess essentially by blindly accepting the general consensus of the masses and the opinions of so-called experts, now it’s up to us to consciously co-create our way out of it. Consciousness is the key to world change.

It’s a lot simpler than some might imagine. We will make this turnaround through feeling, thinking and acting from the heart.

Although traumatizing to the collective consciousness we need to experience this current reality to transform. It will allow us to align our mass conscious intention to create a new paradigm experience, a world that makes a difference for everyone.

It will allow us to have the profound realization that I am YOU and YOU are me, so why lie, cheat and hurt yourself?


In Conclusion

Every reality, whether fake or real, manifests as a consequence of where we are consciously at in our lives.

Our awakening will win: The shift in mass consciousness towards the heart energy will bring about the manifested reality necessary to defeat the control system.



Related Articles:


What a Clinton Presidency would have been like

Fourteen Ways To Protect Yourself From The New World Order (NWO) Agenda

Missing history: US oligarchs finance Socialism

Skull & Bones, Antony Sutton, and bankrolling the enemy


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

We Don’t Need Government, We Need Purpose
August 31 2022 | From: PublicIntelligence/ Various

What truly motivates a person? Years ago I would have answered, “well, money of course. Money helps to pay for our food, shelter, some entertainment and allows us to (sometimes) further our education.” 



While that answer is true in ways, today I will take it further and say that a purpose is what motivates us.

Related: Mathematical Report Proves Human Society Is Too Complex To Be Ruled By A Government

It is not that money itself is motivating for us, but it is the security money can provide us by allowing  to our basic needs like food, shelter and clothing to be met.

From our childhood, we have been conditioned to believe that it is necessary to have money and to need the institutions in our world that direct the flow of money to the greater populace. However, if we analyze this deep enough, we see that it is a fact that such a means of rationing resources (which money does) and the institutions that control the rationing, are not necessary, but are by choice.

Sure, in some ways government has served it’s purpose. It has allowed us to build an infrastructure on this planet where we can travel pretty much wherever we would like. It has also built schools, hospitals and allowed for the creation of all sorts of public services as well as public entertainment.

However, what is important to remember is that it wasn’t governments who build these things. It was people. People made the choice each and every morning to wake up and go to their job to help create their projects.

Though money was almost certainly an incentive for many of these people, I believe that we human beings have an innate desire to help serve a greater cause. Perhaps for many of these people, an additional incentive for doing their work was that they knew on a deeper level that this was in some way, big or small, helping our civilization to develop and grow in a positive direction.



Related: Inflation: The Most Evil Threat = Governments Robbing Their Citizens

In today’s world, with the internet, 3-D printing, blockchain technology and the ability to harness unlimited energy for the entire world in the forms of solar, wind, tidal and geothermal, not to mention the numerous patented “free energy” devices which are currently suppressed, the need for money and government has passed us. 

We no longer need money as a way to ration resources when we have the technology to create unlimited abundance for everyone on the planet.
 With no longer needing money, we no longer need a system such as governance who acts as the hub of rationing these resources through the means of money. 

While I do not think that immediately stopping the usage of money and governance simultaneously around the world would be a wise or even positive decision in the short-term, I do believe that we could easily begin the process of scaling these back tremendously with the intention of completely ridding them of our reality.

It is no secret that many people today do not like their jobs or the work they do. However, people realize that the money that is paid to them allows them to pay for a place to live and for food to eat, which in turn allows them to live. In a very real way, many people are working a job they couldn’t care less about, just in order to stay alive. Some say, “well, that’s life. Get used to it.” Or, “You have to work. Stop complaining.”



Related: Everywhere In The Western World, Government Is A Conspiracy Against The People & Cartels That Run The World

I say, “with the technology we have today that could easily provide abundance in all forms for every person on this planet, it is counter-productive to use our time doing things we do not enjoy doing.”

We can cleanly power the entire world, which will allow us to grow the food and resources needed to feed, house and clothe everyone. This in turn will allow the basic needs of everyone to be met. From there, we will stop doing the work we’ve been doing to earn the “money.” The insanity will stop and the spirit of life will be sparked once again throughout our world.

At that point, we will start doing things that are passionate about. We will move away from the need of a government and move into finding what is of purpose for us. We can move from competition to cooperation. We can begin to heal ourselves, our family and friends. We can begin to heal our pets, the animals, the water and the flora and fauna of the Earth. We can create a truly peaceful paradise.

For those arguing, “this sounds like communism,” I say, “this has nothing to do with politics or money and is several levels evolved past such barbaric methods of intentionally rationing resources.”

Remember, communism is a political system who also has been enslaved via the monetary system just as every other political system has been, including capitalism, feudalism, and fascism.



Related: Banks Are Stealing Our Future? How To Put An End?

Powering, feeding, clothing and housing the entire world has nothing to do with politics. It does, however, have everything to do with the human spirit and the deservability that each person has naturally.

To put this things in perspective, we must remember that we are incredible human beings living on a planet that is flying through our solar system at improbable speeds, which receives it’s warmth from a massive ball of gas known as the Sun.

Our lives on this planet is itself a miracle. Why would we not deserve for all of our needs to be met?
What other species pays “money” to live on this planet? We are each a miracle. This planet’s existence is a miracle. We needn’t do a thing but simply exist to deserve the abundance this Earth can and one day will easily provide to all of us.

With that, I ask you: What is it that you can do, whether as a “job” or as a hobby that allows you feel a sense of purpose? What do you get passionate about? Maybe you are already in your purpose.

I do believe strongly that with the advancements we have made and continue to make technologically, but most importantly emotionally and spiritually, we are beginning the transition away from a monetary world and into a world where abundance, peace and purpose are the norm.

What can you do to help add to this momentum?


Related Articles:

Republic Or Democracy And Self-Governance


Former High Ranking CIA Agent Gives A Break Down On What The US Deep State And Shadow Government Is Comprised Of

A List Of 21 Ex-Agents Who Have Exposed The US Military Intelligence Complex & Government 'Cyber Troops' Manipulate Facebook, Twitter, Study Says

Academic Warns: Young People’s Ignorance Of Socialism Risks “Absolute Catastrophe” & Goodbye Free Internet, Government Is Already Here

Putin Declares Victory Over New World Order: ‘Change Of Elites’ Coming Because Humanity Has ‘Woken Up’ + Facts And Opinions Suppressed By The Corrupt Mainstream Media & New Zealand: A Surveillance Society

Meet Naomi Seibt - The 19-Year-Old, Blond Antidote To Greta Thunberg & NZ Government Begins National Climate Indoctrination Of Children

After Decades Of Brainwashing, MSM & Governments Are Losing Control Of The People



Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

The World’s Best Economist
August 30 2022 | From: PaulCraigRoberts / Various

If you want to learn real economics instead of neoliberal junk economics, read Michael Hudson’s books.



What you will learn is that neoliberal economics is an apology for the rentier class and the large banks that have succeeded in financializing the economy, shifting consumer spending power from the purchase of goods and services that drive the real economy to the payment of interest and fees to banks.

Related: London School Of Economics – everything but the truth

His book J is for Junk Economics is written in the form of a dictionary, but the definitions give you the precise meaning of economic terms, the history of economic concepts, and describe the transformation of economics from classical economics, where the emphasis was on taxing incomes that are not the product of the production of goods and services, to neoliberal economics, which rests on the taxation of labor and production.

This is an important difference that is not easy to understand. Classical economists defined “unearned income” as “economic rent.”

This is not the rent that you pay for your apartment. Economic rent is an income stream that has no counterpart in cost incurred by the receipient of the income stream.

For example, when a public authority, say the city of Alexandria, Virginia, decides to connect Alexandria with Washington, D.C., and with itself, with a subway paid for with public money, the owners of property along the subway line experience a rise in property values.

They owe their increased wealth and their increased incomes from the rental values of their properties to the expenditure of taxpayer dollars. If these gains were taxed away, the subway line could have been financed without taxpayers’ money.



Related: Hell's Top Banker Explains "How To Destroy The Global Economy"

It is these gains in value produced by the subway, or by a taxpayer-financed road across property, or by having beachfront property instead of property off the beach, or by having property on the sunny side of the street in a business area that are “economic rents.” Monopoly profits due to a unique positioning are also economic rents.

Hudson adds to these rents the interest that governments pay to bondholders when governments can avoid the issuance of bonds by printing money instead of bonds.

When governments allow private banks to create the money with which to purchase the government’s bonds, the governments create liabilities for taxpayers than are easily avoidable if, instead, government created the money themselves to finance their projects.

The buildup of public debt is entirely unnecessary. No less money is created by the banks that buy government bonds than would be created if the government printed money instead of bonds.

The inability of neoliberal economics to differentiate income streams that are economic rents with no cost of production from produced output makes the National Income and Product Accounts, the main source of data on economic activity in the US, extremely misleading. The economy can be said to be growing because public debt-financed investment projects raise the rents along subway lines.



Related: Why Mainstream Economists Don't See Recessions Coming

“Free market” economists today are different from the classical free market economists.

Classical economists, such as Adam Smith, understood a free market to be one in which taxation freed the economy from untaxed economic rents. In neoliberal economics, Hudson explains, “free market” means freedom for rent extraction free of government taxation and regulation. This is a huge difference.

Consequently, today the US economy is focused by policymakers including the Federal Reserve on maximizing rentier income at the expense of the growth in the real economy. Rentier income has the productive economy in a death grip.

The economy cannot grow, because consumer income is siphoned off into payment of interest and fees to banks, and is not available for increased purchases of real goods and services.

Independently I arrived at Hudson’s conclusion that neoliberal economics is a device for ripping off workers and producers in order to convey awards to the rentier class.

Neoliberal economics is a predatory device that justifies the exorbitant incomes of the One Percent while blaming rising debt on those forced into debt-peonage in order to survive.



Related: Gold Standard Versus Keynes: Which Is Economically Illiterate?

Hudson’s virtue is that he explains the historical development of debt-peonage and makes it clear that this is the status that the One Percent intends for the 99 Percent. He resurrects classical economics and reformulates economic theory in keeping with the facts on the ground instead of rentier interests.

Hudson is a coauthor of mine. In former times it would have been inappropriate for me to review the work of a colleague.

However, the neoliberal apologists for the One Percent are not going to confront themselves with Hudson’s facts. As I do not think that my integrity or Hudson’s is in question, I have no qualms about introducing you to this major work.

Buy the book. Read and study the book. Learn to rise far above corrupt neoliberal economics.


Related Articles:

More Confessions Of An Economic Hit Man: "This Time, They’re Coming For Your Democracy"

“What Is The Great Reset?”: A Blatant Propaganda Video By The World Economic Forum

The World Economic Forum Talks About “Mind Control Using Sound Waves”
& Total Individual Control Technology – Insider Exposes How You And Your DNA Are Being Targeted


Bankers Beware: The First Of Many Salvos

Anna von Reitz: The Banking System Including Specifics On The World Bank And Karen Hudes

A Discourse On The Little-Known History Of The Global Banking System


Someone Else’s Country - The Neoliberal Revolution In New Zealand

Goldman Sachs Caught Manipulating US Dollar

Mr Draghi, what are you afraid of? Release #TheGreekFiles


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi
How To Spot A Media Psy-Op
August 29 2022 | From: YogaEsoteric / Various

I enjoy a good conspiracy theory as much as the next peddler of anti-establishment vitriol. If you can hold them loosely, conspiracy theories can keep you conceptually and ideologically fluid so you don’t settle into any single set of perceptual or cognitive habits with this political stuff, and as an added bonus they tend to consistently infuriate all the worst kinds of people at all the right times.



But this article is not about conspiracy theory. What I’ll be sharing with you here are verifiable matters of public record which I encourage you to independently investigate if anything you read here is new to you.

Related: A Masterclass In Propaganda & Transgressing The Logic Of The New Tyrannical Normal

I emphasize this not because I want you to believe me, but because we need as many eyes on this stuff as possible.

The American [Western] political establishment appears to have settled into an aggressive disinformation campaign against its own citizens as a result of the way it lost control of the narrative in 2016, and that campaign is only escalating.

In 2005, President George W. Bush admitted in a televised press conference that the US government creates its own “news” videos to give to the press, who often air those stories with no disclaimers informing viewers that they are watching government-generated media. In 2013, the US government implemented the negation of a 1948 law which had made it illegal for it to conduct psychological operations (psy-ops) on its citizens.



Related: How To Succeed In Western Media Without Really Trying & Britain Moves To Criminalize Reading Extremist Material On The Internet

The 2017 NDAA allots a portion of the defense budget to a new State Department-run “counter-propaganda” program to fight certain types of information Americans are getting from the internet.

So when I tell you that the American government is known to actively use the media to psychologically manipulate the American people, that isn’t some wacky conspiracy theory, it’s a fact. These people have been legalizing and legislating psy-ops campaigns because they want to use them.

A lot of my readers probably tuned out from mainstream media long ago, as did I, but as the manipulators of the political establishment become more desperate their movements are becoming a lot more obvious, and they’ve been giving us a lot of valuable information lately.

I encourage you to tune back in as much as you feel inclined to, because when they really overextend, these mouthpieces of the oligarchy actually tell us where they don’t want us to look. Here are a few things you can watch out for to spot their manipulations:



The Slogan



Related: Puppet Masters Of Media Propaganda

Whenever you hear all the talking heads on TV suddenly start using the same phrase at the same time, you are hearing a slogan, a marketing ploy cooked up by a political think tank in the same way corporate think tanks come up with slogans for their products like “I’m lovin’ it” or “Silly rabbit, Trix are for kids!” Only political slogans aren’t geared to manipulate you into buying a product, they’re geared to manipulate you into buying into an idea. 

In 2003 while the corporate media was manufacturing consent for the Iraq invasion, everyone suddenly started using the phrase “Support our troops.” It was everywhere.

“Support our troops, support our troops!” You couldn’t watch the news without hearing it frequently peppered into the conversation, which is bizarre because taken on its own the phrase is essentially meaningless.


The opposition to the Iraq war wasn’t rooted in a lack of “support” for the individuals in the armed forces, it was opposition to the invasion itself and the decision to do so made by politicians in DC.

But all at once corporate media began slamming the American psyche with the absurd subconscious notion that if you didn’t support the invasion you must therefore hate soldiers and marines



Related: No End To False Flag Coverups

Following Hillary Clinton’s loss due to counter-establishment ideas and information being circulated largely via alternative media outlets, we began seeing the phrase “fake news” being constantly bleated with very broad brush strokes in a transparent attempt to lump dissenting alternative media outlets in with Macedonian clickbait and Russian propaganda.

And it was fairly successful at first; for weeks every single one of my opinion articles was getting comments calling them “fake news” despite being neither fake nor news.

Alternative media was getting slammed with this deliberate government psy-op, and luckily there was a strong pushback against it wherein every time CNN or the Washington Post published an unsubstantiated and inflammatory claim there was widespread use of their own slogan against them.

WaPo recently announced that it’s “time to retire the term fake news” since it’s been co-opted by the political right, and it’s true; you now hear that term being used more often on right-leaning mainstream media than on the left. By hijacking the term, they broke the spell, causing it to become an ineffective psy-op.


The Non-Sequitur



Related: The Horrifying Rise Of Total Mass Media Blackouts On Inconvenient News Stories

Pay close attention to when establishment shills interject a phrase that doesn’t seem to really “fit” with the rest of their words. Whenever you see the CIA-funded Washington Post arbitrarily start babbling about Pizzagate in the middle of an article about something or someone who opposes the political establishment, even when the hard substance of the report has nothing whatsoever to do with Pizzagate, you are seeing this psy-op at work.

CNN’s Chris Cuomo is an absolute wizard with this trick. The son of a former Democratic New York Governor and brother of a current Democratic New York Governor, Cuomo is political establishment royalty, and he appears to have been groomed for his job.

Cuomo went to law school instead of studying journalism, but has been given a prominent spot on the media juggernaut Clinton News Network, where he routinely inserts ideas into his commentary that are designed to fly below the radar and bury themselves deep in America’s subconscious. 

My readers might remember Cuomo as the guy who casually slipped the absurd notion that it’s illegal for Americans to read WikiLeaks into his report, which to me is less notable for how blatantly manipulative it is than for the way Americans finally caught him in the act.



Related: Julian Assange On The War On Free Speech: “Everyone Else Must Take My Place” & Julian Assange Is Guilty Only Of Revealing The Evil Soul Of US Imperialism

It was a very brief insertion, just a few seconds long, but some alert viewers were able to isolate it and go “Hey! What did you just do there? You’re tricking us!”

Which is great, but this was the only time Cuomo has really been caught in a big way. Whenever you see a pundit word-salading, it’s probably because they’re slipping a toxic idea into what they’re serving you.

It looks weirder written down, since he works his magic with such confidence; here’s a transcript from CNN if you want to see it in writing.

You can see a more overt example here in his interview with Rep. Tulsi Gabbard, where he somehow manages to force the adamant assertion “Assad is a tyrant, that he is an oppressor of his people and he needs to be taken out in the name of democracy” into the form of a question to help inoculate viewers from Gabbard’s anti-establishment message involving Syria.



Related: Facts You Need To Know About Syria & Syrian President Bashar Al Assad Fields Questions From French Media And Defends Alternative Media

It’s a magic trick. I don’t know where he learned it or why he relentlessly uses it on the American public, but the technique he’s using is called neuro-linguistic programming and it’s well-known among magicians. Check out UK magician Derren Brown who uses it extensively in his act to manipulate people into doing what he wants so he can appear to be psychic.

During his show, he sprinkles subconscious messages throughout his patter so his “predictions” come true at the end. These words and phrases that are so odd and out of context that they should jump out at you, but the mind smooths it over and moves on to the next thing he says. These tiny weird little phrases don’t even need to be repeated that often for them to work

And work, they do. He can get any three people from the audience to collaborate to select a word of his choosing out of a possible 1.6 million words, seemingly at random to the participants.

The only difference with Brown is that it’s a part of his reveal at the end, and he walks you through how he manipulated everyone. Watch here to see him walk an audience through how he got them to choose that one word from 1.6 million for him, complete with video clips of each insertion. 

I guarantee you Chris Cuomo has made a study of neuro-linguistic programming or something similar as part of his establishment grooming. His quick, rhythmic delivery and seamless insertions are the hallmark of a genius-level NLP practitioner.


The Forced Association



Related: Mind Control Theories And Techniques Used By Mass Media

This psy-op is designed to forcefully marry two unrelated ideas in the minds of the audience for the benefit of the political establishment. Half a year after the Iraq invasion, a poll by USA Today found that 70 percent of Americans still believed that Saddam Hussein was responsible for 9/11.

This wasn’t because reporters were directly saying this; they never could have gotten away with such blatant falsehoods.


What they could get away with was consistently making sure they mentioned Saddam Hussein in the same breath as the September 11th attacks over and over again, and I remember them doing this frequently.


They’d mention the “intelligence” which said Saddam had weapons of mass destruction, and then they’d say something about the possibility of another attack similar to 9/11.

They did this on purpose as part of corporate media’s well-documented participation in manufacturing consent for the invasion, and it worked.

A poll at the time found that 50 percent of Hillary Clinton voters believe that the Russian government tampered with vote tallies to help Donald Trump win the presidential election.



Related: FBI Allegedly Obtained Hunter Biden Computer, Data On Ukraine Dealings, Report Claims & Obama, Clinton, Biden And Brennan Will “Hang For Treason” When This Evidence Comes Out… BOMBSHELL recordings prove they had Seal Team Six EXECUTED to cover up deep state crimes

This is because media outlets, nearly all of which are owned by just five powerful companies in the US, have been deliberately using phrases like “election hacking” and “hacked the election” instead of phrases like “hacked the DNC emails” or “spearphishing John Podesta’s emails” which would have been an infinitely more accurate reflection of the actual substance of their reports.

People were tricked into marrying those two ideas, and now half the Democrats you meet will likely believe that Putin was involved in hacking actual election booths or vote tallies.

A few days ago we saw the same thing when Donald Trump lashed out at Rep. John Lewis for saying he didn’t consider him a legitimate President; the overwhelming majority of the headlines from liberal corporate media used words like “civil rights hero” and “civil rights icon” when referring to Lewis and “attack” and “smear” when referring to Trump’s response to him.

In reality Trump was just returning fire initiated by a Congressman in the opposing party, but I guarantee you there are millions of Americans who now think of Trump as someone who attacks civil rights leaders because he hates civil rights, for the same exact reason people think Russia hacked polling booths and thought Saddam was responsible for 9/11.



The Washington Post



Related: DNC Staffer Seth Rich Leaked 44,000 Emails To WikiLeaks Before His Murder + Did Washington Post Publish Dubious Russia Story To Distract From Seth Rich Bombshell?

Just the whole entire Washington Post. The entire thing is one gigantic government psy-op. Its owner Jeff Bezos has collected many hundreds of millions of dollars directly from the CIA (a conflict of interest WaPo never mentions when reporting on US intelligence agencies), and his rag has consistently been the most unapologetic promulgator of the establishment narrative.

To list just a very few examples, WaPo ran sixteen negative articles about Bernie Sanders in the span of sixteen hours during the most hotly contested point in the presidential primaries, published a story which blacklisted hundreds of dissenting alternative media outlets as “Russian propaganda”, reported that Russians had hacked America’s electrical grid when nothing of the sort had happened and then covertly and unapologetically edited their article as their lies became exposed after millions of Americans had consumed their false narrative, and have been among the most aggressive peddlers of the aforementioned “Russia hacked the election” forced association psy-op.



Related: CIA Fabricated Russiagate ‘Evidence’, Says Former NSA Tech Chief

WaPo is a great resource for all clear-eyed rebels, because it can be used as a daily memo of what the CIA and the political establishment it supports want the American public to believe.

Jeff Bezos is the second wealthiest person on the planet and prior to his purchase of WaPo he had already obstructed WikiLeaks via his company Amazon, so he’s unquestionably got a vested interest in propping up the oligarchy. Paying attention to his publication tells us where we aren’t meant to look.



Astroturfing



Related: Cancer Industry Not Looking For A Cure; They’re Too Busy Making Money & Same Amazon.Com That Banned Cancer Cure Documentaries Now All In With Big Pharma’s Toxic Cancer “Treatments” Via Its New “Go Gold” Astroturfing Campaign

One of the first things I noticed before any campaigning had even started in the recent Democratic primary was when Hillary Clinton got caught buying millions of fake “zombie” accounts to bolster her numbers on Twitter and Facebook.

They’re called zombie accounts because they’re not real people. You can buy followers pretty inexpensively it turns out, but they’re only shell accounts. They will never retweet you, they just make your numbers look better.

It was the beginning of the largest and most outrageous astroturfing of a campaign we’ve ever seen. Astroturf is so called because it seeks to mimic the growth of a natural grassroots campaign.

You buy followers, pay people to turn up to your rallies, offer incentives to wear your stickers and badges, pay people to go online and defend you, hand out signs at rallies that look home-made, pay celebrities to endorse you, pay your marketing campaign to make memes for you, stage “spontaneous” photo-ops with “fans" - in short, you use money to pay for the appearance of what burgeoned from the Bernie Sander’s campaign organically because there was genuine and growing enthusiasm for the candidate. Astroturfing seeks to mimic that kind of virality.



Related: Five Damaging Lies Advertisements Desperately Want You To Believe

These strategies are usually used by advertising companies to generate interest for a product. Check out this Ted talk by Sharyl Attkisson for a little tour. It’s well-known in the trade that word-of-mouth is by far the best salesman, so those sneaky bastards have dreamed up ways of mimicking that.

What the Clinton campaign did went way beyond hiring a few shills to inject positive messages about their candidate and into the realm of mass psychological abuse, using real-life disrupters, social media shills, and the mainstream media to demonize Trump and his supporters to the point where the nation is still showing symptoms of post-traumatic stress disorder.

Here’s the thing though - we can only prove that the Clinton campaign did that because of the email leaks and the fact that the FEC enforces some transparency on the activities and budgets of the campaign and its superPACS. If we didn’t have those two things, we wouldn’t have proof that it occurred.



Related: American Center For Law And Justice Files Lawsuits Against ‘Deep State’ Over Clinton Investigation And Uranium One

Post-campaign, you can still hire a company to shill for you online, on whatever issue you please, and you don’t have to report it to anyone. It’s relatively inexpensive and it’s a very effective way of controlling the narrative and disrupting natural healthy collaboration between normal humans.

This is just a taster but according to this amazing article from Double G, I mean, Glenn Greenwald, the key tactics boil down to the four D’s - Deny, disrupt, degrade, deceive.

So just because the campaign bunting has been taken down, don’t think that there aren’t regular assaults occurring on the hearts and minds of average Westerners, but the good news is, they are getting easier and easier to spot.


Related Articles:

Media Is In Complete Free-Fall Among Illuminati Arrest Precursors

After Decades Of Brainwashing, MSM & Governments Are Losing Control Of The People

Leaked ABC News Insider Recording Exposes Epstein Coverup “We Had Clinton, We Had Everything” & MSM Executives Part Of ‘Network Of People’ That Covered For Epstein – Project Veritas Founder To RT


What The New Acceptability Of The Lab Leak Origin Tells Us About Media Outlets & COVID-19 – The Real Truth

Mainstream Media Insults The Public's Intelligence On Vaccines & Vaccinated Vs. Unvaccinated Pilot Study: Early Vaccination Sees Exponential Increase In Chronic Disorders + Lies, Vaccines And The New Zealand Media



Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi
In The Western World Lies Have Displaced Truth
August 28 2022 | From: PaulCraigRoberts / Various

Recently I was awarded Marquiss Who’s Who In America’s Lifetime Achievement Award.




This did not prevent a hidden organization, PropOrNot, from attempting to brand me and my website along with 200 others “Putin stooges or agents” for our refusal to lie for the corrupt, anti-American, anti-constitutional, anti-democratic, warmonger police state interests that rule the Western World.

Related: Everywhere In The Western World, Government Is A Conspiracy Against The People & Cartels That Run The World

The only honest, factual media that exists in the Western World today are the names on the PropOrNot list of “Putin agents.”

The purpose of ProOrNot is to convince Americans that freedom of speech must be halted by destroying fact-based Internet media, such as this website and 200 others that provide factual information at odds with Big Brother’s universal brainwashing as delivered by CNN, NPR, the New York Times, the Washington Post, and the rest of the utterly corrupt presstitute media, a collection of scum devoid of all integrity and all respect for truth.

A conspiracy of US government agencies, tax-exempt think tanks funded by the ruling interests, and media acting in behalf of a war and police state agenda work to shape perceived reality as it is described in George Orwell’s book, 1984, and in the film, The Matrix.

Controlled perception-based reality is only a Facebook “like” away from killing one person or one million or elevating a liar or the warmonger responsible for the killing to hero status or to the control of the CIA or FBI or the US presidency.



Related:
It's Official: This Is Straight Out Of Orwell's 1984...

Here on OpEdNews is an article by George Eliason that reports on who exactly PropOrNot is and who is underwriting the disinformation that is PropOrNot.

Eliason’s article is long and documented. It demonstrates the organized conspiracy against truth that exists in the Western World.

Nothing stated in the Western presstitute media and no statement by any Western government or subservient vassal state can be trusted to comply with the facts.

Truth is the enemy of the state, and the state is eliminating the truth.

Peoples in the United States, Europe, Britain, Canada, Australia, New Zealand, and the various vassal states, such as Japan, all live day in, day out, an orchestrated lie that serves interests directly opposed to the interests of the peoples.

Governments that do not rest on truth rest on tyranny.


Related Articles:

How To Succeed In Western Media Without Really Trying & Britain Moves To Criminalize Reading Extremist
Material On The Internet

Puppet Masters Of Media Propaganda

What The New Acceptability Of The Lab Leak Origin Tells Us About Media Outlets & COVID-19 – The Real Truth

World Of Naked Lies

Removing The Blindfold Of Dogmatic Belief

Lies, Damn Lies And Statistics

Pyramid Of Lies

The Mainstream Media Lies

Four Words: Weapons Of Media Lies & When Corporate Power Is Your Real Government, Corporate Media Is State Media

The Federal Reserve Cartel: The Eight Families + 7 Not-So-Secret Homes Of Super Secret Societies



Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi
Researcher Uncovers What May Be The Real Cause Of Depression
August 27 2022 | From: WakingTimes / Various

Depression as a mental illness is actually quite controversial.




The psychiatric profession has agreed to attribute it on a chemical imbalance in the brain, although many question if this is the real cause of depression.

Related: Another Natural Remedy For Alcoholism And Depression? South American Psychedelic Herb Promotes Feelings Of Well-Being, According To New Study

That is exactly what Johann Hari set out to investigate. His new book, Lost Connections: Uncovering the Real Causes of Depression – and the Unexpected Solutions, shares his quest as he explores the question: What really causes depression and anxiety, and how can we really solve them?

Clearly, Hari discovered enough interesting information about the real cause of depression to fill a whole book. What I wanted to highlight in this article is Hari’s perspective on the medical establishment’s choice to categorize depression as a chemical imbalance.


The Grief Exemption

The term major depressive disorder was introduced by a group of US clinicians in the mid-1970s. It established the diagnostic criteria for depression based on patterns of nine possible symptoms.

In 1980, depression was incorporated into the Diagnostic and Statistical Manual (DSM). In this book, American psychiatrists include all the symptoms of different mental illnesses, so they could identify and treat these diseases in the same way.

After some time, psychiatrists started to questions if people who are bereaved also need pharmacological treatment.

Hari writes:


"If you lose someone, it turns out that these symptoms will come to you automatically. So, the doctors wanted to know, are we supposed to start drugging all the bereaved people in America?



Related: The Roots Of Mental Health - Maybe They’re Not In Our Heads + Rising Rates Of Suicide: Are Pills The Problem?

This is when the grief exemption was created. The DSM authors updated the manual to exclude people who have lost somebody in the preceding year from the depression diagnosis, even if they showed depression symptoms.

Hari states:


"The grief exception seemed to have blasted a hole in the claim that the causes of depression are sealed away in your skull."

The grief exception created too much debate in mainstream psychiatry. Doctors started asking if depressive symptoms where a logical and understandable response to other life circumstances, not just a death of a loved one.

Eventually, DSM authors eventually did away with the exemption. Doctors were once again told to say that depression is, in fact, caused by a chemical imbalance in the brain.

Dr. Joanne Cacciatore, associate professor at Arizona State University, is a leading expert on the grief exception. In his book, Hari reveals Cacciatore’s perspective:


"She told me this debate reveals a key problem with how we talk about depression, anxiety and other forms of suffering: we don’t, she said, “consider context”.

We act like human distress can be assessed solely on a checklist that can be separated out from our lives, and labelled as brain diseases.

If we started to take people’s actual lives into account when we treat depression and anxiety, Joanne explained, it would require “an entire system overhaul”.

She told me that when “you have a person with extreme human distress, [we need to] stop treating the symptoms. The symptoms are a messenger of a deeper problem. Let’s get to the deeper problem.”"



Related: New Research Shocks Scientists: Human Emotion Physically Shapes Reality


Are We Treating the Problem or the Symptoms?

Most typical mainstream doctors address symptoms associated with depression with anti-depressant drugs, such as Prozac. Cacciatore raises a very valid concern, that we may be treating the symptoms, but that a potential untreated problem is the actual cause of depression.

As a patient taking anti-depressants for many years, Hari asked:


"Why were so many other people across the western world feeling like me? Around one in five US adults are taking at least one drug for a psychiatric problem.

In Britain, antidepressant prescriptions have doubled in a decade, to the point where now one in 11 of us drug ourselves to deal with these feelings.

What has been causing depression and its twin, anxiety, to spiral in this way? I began to ask myself: could it really be that in our separate heads, all of us had brain chemistries that were spontaneously malfunctioning at the same time?”"

To examine this question, Hari took at 40,000 mile journey around the world.

Here are some of the findings he uncovered during his investigation.


"They [drug companies] would fund huge numbers of studies, throw away all the ones that suggested the drugs had very limited effects, and then only release the ones that showed success.

To give one example: in one trial, the drug was given to 245 patients, but the drug company published the results for only 27 of them. Those 27 patients happened to be the ones the drug seemed to work for.

Professor Andrew Scull of Princeton, writing in the Lancet, explained that attributing depression to spontaneously low serotonin is “deeply misleading and unscientific”.

Dr David Healy told me: “There was never any basis for it, ever. It was just marketing copy.”




Related: Seven Facts About Depression That Will Blow You Away


Were Psychiatrists Wrong About the Cause of Depression?

Finding out the story fed to depressed patients may be no more than a marketing pitch, Hari researched further. He sought out to uncover the true cause of depression.

He collected evidence that led him to believe that there are seven specific factors in the way we are living today that are causing depression to rise. In addition, two real biological factors (such as your genes) can combine with these forces to make things worse.

Here’s Hari’s thoughts:


"It turns out that, in the same way, all humans have certain basic psychological needs. We need to feel we belong.

We need to feel valued. We need to feel we’re good at something. We need to feel we have a secure future. And there is growing evidence that our culture isn’t meeting those psychological needs for many – perhaps most – people.

…the depression of many of my friends, even those in fancy jobs – who spend most of their waking hours feeling controlled and unappreciated – started to look not like a problem with their brains, but a problem with their environments."




Related: Google Will Help Diagnose Your Clinical Depression: It’s Wonderful

Hari is not alone in claiming that our environment and power inequalities may be the real cause of depression.


"In its official statement for World Health Day in 2017, the United Nations reviewed the best evidence and concluded that “the dominant biomedical narrative of depression” is based on “biased and selective use of research outcomes” that “must be abandoned”.

We need to move from “focusing on ‘chemical imbalances’”, they said, to focusing more on “power imbalances”.

The complete findings about Hari’s investigation are presented in his book, Lost Connections: Uncovering the Real Causes of Depression – and the Unexpected Solutions.

If you are struggling with depression and have found antidepressants an ineffective or undesirable treatment, it may be a worthwhile read.


"If you are depressed and anxious, you are not a machine with malfunctioning parts. You are a human being with unmet needs.

The only real way out of our epidemic of despair is for all of us, together, to begin to meet those human needs – for deep connection, to the things that really matter in life."

All quotes are extracted from Lost Connections: Uncovering the Real Causes of Depression – and the Unexpected Solutions by Johann Hari, published by Bloomsbury on 11 January 2018 and re-printed by The Guardian.


Related Articles:

Having Depression And Anxiety Means Having A Brain Constantly At War With Itself

Why Nutritional Psychiatry Is The Future Of Mental Health Treatment + Depression Is A Symptom Of Nutrient Deficiency; Treating It With Drugs Is Not Only Ineffective But Dangerous

Digital Addiction Increases Loneliness, Anxiety And Depression

New Study Finds Antidepressants To Be “Largely Ineffective And Potentially Dangerous”

The Drugs May Be The Problem - Inconvenient Truths About Big Pharma And The Psychiatric Industry + Psychologist Speaks Out: Psychiatry Is Misleading Public About Mental Disorders

Why Anti-Authoritarians Are Diagnosed As Mentally Ill

The Study Of Fundamental Consciousness Entering The Mainstream

Nutrition And Mental Health + ADHD Is A Fabricated Disease, Says Reputed Neurologist


How Thoughts Create Atoms And Emotions Formulate Time

Emotional Intelligence: The Social Skills You Weren't Taught In School



Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi
Tyranny And Free Speech
August 26 2022 | From: BreakingViews / Various

Do you support free speech? How about free speech for climate change skeptics? For homophobes? For racists? For sexists? For white males? For even Donald Trump? 



Related: If The Prime Minister Doesn't Understand Her 'Hate Speech' Law, How Are Kiwis Supposed To? + The New Zealand Constitution And Political Duplicity - Shush Be Quiet!

Those who defend free speech, as did the American Founding Fathers, understand it is not about defending speech you agree with, but defending speech you disagree with. Without free speech, there is no liberty.

The State Department diversity officer, John Robinson, has just warned the staff that they may be penalized for engaging in “microaggressions,” which include jokes or other comments that someone who hears them may find offensive.

In a recent letter, he referred to a definition of microaggressions as:



"Everyday verbal, nonverbal and environmental slights, snubs or insults, whether intentional or unintentional, which communicate hostile, derogatory or negative messages to target persons.”

In other words, whatever you hear may be considered a microaggression if you choose to be offended.

Such vague and infinitely elastic laws and regulations are the bread and butter of all totalitarian regimes.

Lavrentiy Beria (Joseph Stalin’s head of the NKVD, a predecessor of the KGB) was quoted as saying to Stalin:


"You name the person and I will find the crime.”



Related: Ardern Intent On Smashing Free Speech

The “crime” of microaggression has already been used to stifle and prosecute speech by those who have contrary views in several left-leaning universities, and now it is coming to the federal government.

The climate change lobbyists have been increasingly aggressive in their attacks on free speech.

They seek to silence their critics, who have committed the “sin” of noting their many failed predictions.

George Mason University meteorologist Jagadish Shukla was the lead signatory of the letter sent to the president and attorney general asking them to use RICO (Racketeer Influenced and Corrupt Organizations Act) laws to prosecute;


"Corporations and other organizations that have knowingly deceived the American people about the risks of climate change.”

Mr. Shukla “paid himself and his wife $1.5 million from government climate grants for part-time work.”

Other prominent global warming fear-mongers, who are on the government teat, have also called for “war crimes trials” and even the “execution” of some critics.

Even Attorney General Loretta Lynch once said she has looked at the possibility of pursuing civil actions against so-called “climate change deniers.”



Related: Hanne Herland Explains How Universities Became Globalist New Left Propaganda Tools And Enemies Of Free Speech

The message: Don’t look to the Obama administration to protect free speech. Which do you find more offensive, a person advocating socialism or a person telling jokes about one-eyed people?

Socialism is an ideology that has resulted in governments killing more than 200 million of their own citizens in the last century. It is based on coercion rather than liberty. It demands involuntary servitude. Socialist Bernie Sanders promises “free” stuff to his supporters to be paid for by the involuntary servitude of others - to which there will be no end.

Having spent considerable time in socialist countries and seen the human wreckage that results, I am offended by the ignorance or venality of those who engage in the microaggression of advocating socialism. Several decades ago, I lost an eye, and in the years since I have been told hundreds of “one-eyed” jokes, even by people who do not know me.

Rather than being offended, I have chosen to enjoy them. Offensive speech is totally subjective, and making it a crime is incompatible with a free society.

The Guardian, a left-wing British newspaper, published an article last year by a woman author titled;


"Why do women lie more than men?”

It reported on a new poll that “suggests that women are twice as likely to lie as men.”

The article goes on to say: “It may be irritating to be told, yet again, that women are more morally slippery than men (just as in Genesis).”

The article goes on to cite several reasons why this may be true - including differences “between masculine and feminine brains.”

All of this may or may not be nonsense, but in cases of women complaining about men engaging in “offensive” speech, it is most often assumed, without evidence, that the woman is telling the truth and the man is lying. In fact, men are frequently not allowed to know who their accuser is or what she claimed was said.

One of the most basic protections of liberty is the right of the accuser to know the specific charges against him or her and by whom.

As a result, many innocent men are not given a fair hearing by the human resource departments in organizations and even sometimes by the courts.



Related: If You Limit ANY Free Speech, This Is What You Get

The late well-regarded feminist, Joan Kennedy Taylor, argued in her book “What to Do When You Don’t Want to Call the Cops: Or a Non-Adversarial Approach to Sexual Harassment” (Cato Institute) that it is important to understand that men and women perceive things quite differently, and that non-legal strategies which she describes can be far more effective and less damaging than legal remedies.

Law professor Catherine Ross has just written an important book, “Lessons in Censorship” (to be discussed at a Cato book forum on March 16), in which she argues that “the failure of schools to respect civil liberties betrays their educational function and threatens democracy.”



The popularity of the verbally crude Donald Trump might, in part, be a reaction to the political correctness of the political class and timid leaders of organizations who have failed to defend freedom of speech.


Related Articles:

Mainstream Media Assaults On Freedom Of Speech: “The Truth” Is No Longer “Important” & Google: Time To Kill Free Speech

Eliminating Free Speech The Smart Way

Julian Assange On The War On Free Speech: “Everyone Else Must Take My Place” & Julian Assange Is Guilty Only Of Revealing The Evil Soul Of US Imperialism

So, Who Guards The Guardians? & The Enemies Of Free Speech Have Seized The Moment

RT Brings You A New Censorship Buster & Google Admits In Court Documents That It Believes Free Speech Is “Disastrous” For Society

Censorship Of The Biden Story & Blockbuster Report Reveals How Biden Family Was Compromised By China

Coronavirus: New Zealand's Dangerous Political Vacuum & Health Experts Feel Censored Over Alternative Lockdown Plan

Act Leader David Seymour: Kiwis Need To Resist An 'Orwellian Future' & Zuckerberg Complains About FCC’s Lack Of Free Speech Regulations - Wants More Silencing Of Voices, But Especially Conservative Voices



Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Unschooling: Radical Education That Produces Free Human Beings Instead Of Slaves
August 25 2022 | From: DaisyLuther / Various

Let’s talk about the “education system,” that cornerstone of civilized societies everywhere.




We all know that the future lies in the hands of our children. That’s why parents want to do everything they can to give their kids a good start in life. We make careful choices about the food they eat, the friends they hang out with, and the education they receive.


Related: Education Programming 101: Destroy Logic

Unfortunately, over the past decades, the education system in America has been churning out kids who are less interested in the world around them, more dependent on others for safety, and programmed to accept whatever information they’re provided without question.

Our education system is actually dumbing kids down instead of making them smarter. It’s killing natural curiosity, independent decision-making, and critical thinking. We all rant about Generation Snowflake, but these kids have grown up to be exactly what they’ve been taught to be.

The “education system” is working exactly as it was designed.  This curriculum is a social experiment, designed to reduce critical thinking and increase obedience. How else will children learn to be the type of citizens that governments want?


At school, you learn important things like the following:

How to respond to bells

How to reign in your attention span into 50-minute increments

How to multitask and “learn” 6 different subjects at the same time, while mastering none of them

How to follow the instructions of authority figures without question

How to recite things off by memory

How to feel about politically correct topics

How to squelch your individuality

How to respond to questions to get the best grades

When the appropriate time is to visit the restroom, and how to ask permission to do so if the urge strikes at an inopportune time

How you must show up to serve your sentence on the required days, regardless of whether you feel like it or whether another opportunity has arisen

How to sleep and awaken at the times that are most convenient to your masters teachers, as opposed to the ones that work with your personal circadian rhythms

How you will completely fail at life if you don’t continue your “education” after high school

How to dive so deeply into debt that you must take any job you can get in order to pay off the student loans that were supposed to help you get a “good” job


Basically, you learn to become a better slave. You learn to spend all day doing things you might hate, might find boring, or might not understand.



Related: Undoing The Dis-Education Of Millennials


But it isn’t Just School that is the Problem

The problem runs far deeper than just the classroom. It’s the system of learning itself. Even most homeschool curriculums focus on a broad range of subjects directed by the parent. While many parents do a fantastic job engaging their children in the lessons, there are children who just don’t respond to a format in which they must learn about 5 different subjects each day.

If you can awaken in a child the desire to know more... more about bugs and how they live... more about microclimates... more about geology... more about the past... then you can teach a child how to learn.

In my opinion, the utter failure of the education system is that they don’t create curious children. We moved quite a few times, and rarely did I see children challenged, piqued, and tempted with knowledge. Instead, I observed drudgery, boredom, and conveyor belt education.

If a child slips behind, they don’t stop the belt, take the kid off, and help them catch up. They say, “No child left behind” and they shove them along that belt, forcing them to try to learn the next installment of the lesson plan on top of the complete lack of foundational information that they didn’t understand in the first place.

A few years ago, I pulled my youngest child out of the public school system after a (cough) disagreement with the principal there. For a couple of years, we slogged away using a state-approved curriculum for homeschool.



Related: Study Shows Kids Are Born Creative Geniuses But The Education System Destroys Imagination

Not only did it bore the daylights out of her, I found it pretty torturous too. The whole time we did the standard curriculum, I watched the curiosity that is the necessary spark to kindle the flame of learning, slowly die.

And that is the saddest death imaginable, because with it dies the future.

If you don’t love learning new things, if you aren’t curious about the how and the why and the when and the where, how will you ever jump into life with both feet, ready to explore new places, climb new mountains, and have new adventures?

Don’t get me wrong - you need to learn to read and to write and to do math - but you also need to embrace the very idea of learning something new and different, too.

So, we pulled out of all things school. I decided to trust my daughter. I will indulge her sharp wit, her natural curiosity, and her love for photography.

I want to undo the damage done by the school system, with their laborious texts, their Common Core, and their politically correct death-by-boredom.

If I don’t want her to grow up to be a slave to the state, I decided, it was time to stop raising her in the same way the other slaves are raised.

So, we’re unschooling.


What is Unschooling?

John Holt, widely known as the “father of unschooling” wrote:


“This is also known as interest driven, child-led, natural, organic, eclectic, or self-directed learning. Lately, the term “unschooling” has come to be associated with the type of homeschooling that doesn’t use a fixed curriculum…

This is the way we learn before going to school and the way we learn when we leave school and enter the world of work…

Unschooling, for lack of a better term (until people start to accept living as part and parcel of learning), is the natural way to learn. However, this does not mean unschoolers do not take traditional classes or use curricular materials when the student, or parents and children together, decide that this is how they want to do it.

Learning to read or do quadratic equations are not “natural” processes, but unschoolers nonetheless learn them when it makes sense to them to do so, not because they have reached a certain age or are compelled to do so by arbitrary authority."

Can you really think of anything in the world that makes more sense than that?

Unschooling can be as simple as letting your child exhaustively indulge his or her curiosity about a subject by getting books about it, attending a class on it, and going on field trips that are related to it. Alternatively, it can become a family affair of travel, knowledge-seeking, and adventure.

The details are up to your and your child. The only rule is that the student directs it through his or her own interests.

It’s real life, lived with passion, and therein lies an education more priceless than anything you could get behind the ivy-covered walls of the fanciest school around. (In fact, my daughter and I are leaving soon on an epic road trip of more than 10,00 miles (If you want to follow along on our Great American Unschooling Tour, I wrote about the details here).



Related: Why You And Your Kids Should Detox Your Mind By “Deschooling”

This is how people used to learn - they were free to develop their interests, to pursue their passions, and to investigate, experiment, and think. Initially, education was a way for kids to have the world at their fingertips, especially if their parents were illiterate and not able to expose them to things beyond their own farm.

But then, it became an indoctrination system that separates children from their families, forces them to conform, and stamps out individual learning styles.


Let your Child Learn to be Free

When you no longer live by the school bell, the most beautiful thing can happen. You become free.


By learning when and what you want, you gain a true understanding of freedom, and who doesn’t want that for their children?

You can sleep when you’re sleepy.

You can find out more about the things that make you curious.\

You can focus on one thing at a time if that is how you learn best.

You can make art when you want to make art, not when you finally finish all of the boring stuff you’re forced to do.

You can eat when you’re hungry.

You can become the master of your own future.

You can take what makes you the happiest and completely immerse yourself in it.

You can travel when the spirit moves you, not when you get a scheduled break from school.

You can learn about real life, not just get dumped into it when you graduate.

You can start a business of your own.

You can take a class that fascinates you just for the joy of taking the class

You can take field trips to learn from experts and personal experiences.

 

Best of all, when you unschool, your child lives a kind of freedom that will set them on the course for an adulthood of freedom.



Related: The Inherent Problem With Mainstream Education And How It Keeps The World Stuck

Is there any better gift than that? Is there any educational goal greater than teaching your child to be a free human being, unfettered by bells, whistles, and authority figures?


Common Core Possibly Coming To A School Near You

After reading this bill it seems that Americas Common core is spreading like wild fire across the world under different guises.

I read the bill and honestly alarm bells rang which makes the education reform a one size fits all, seems quite coincidental parata decides to resign after this bill has passed: New Zealand Education Legislation Bill


Related Articles:


The Science And Pseudoscience Of Children’s Mental Health + Creating ADHD Is The New Education

UN Adopts Global Common Core Education To Ensure Their Vision Of Global Totalitarianism


How The Frankfurt School Changed American / Western Culture

Emotional Intelligence: The Social Skills You Weren't Taught In School

Finally Parents Begin Removing Their Children From Public Indoctrination Center Over Teaching Transgenderism

Cot Deaths Linked To Vaccinations + Harvard Medical School Doctor: Vaccine Science Is Not Settled

How To Become A Freethinker: A Practical Guide + 7 Lessons You Should Learn Early In Life

Why Mandatory Vaccination Is Unethical And Immoral + California Medical Doctor Explains How Doctors Receive No Medical Training on Vaccines – Indoctrination On Belief In Vaccines & First-Ever Peer-Reviewed Study Of Vaccinated Vs Unvaccinated Children Shows Vaccinated Kids Have A Higher Rate Of Sickness, 470% Increase In Autism

Meet Naomi Seibt - The 19-Year-Old, Blond Antidote To Greta Thunberg & NZ Government Begins National Climate Indoctrination Of Children

Everything Is Rigged: Medicine, Science, Elections, The Media, Money, Education, Search Engines, Social Media... You Are Living In A Fabricated Fairy Tale

Renowned Doctor Slams Medical Education & Says We Have “An Epidemic Of Misinformed Doctors”


Is Psychiatry Bullshit? + Fourteen Lies That Our Psychiatry Professors Taught Us In Medical School


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

The Fall And Rise Of Truth, Trust And Society’s Capacity For Wisdom
August 24 2022 | From: TomatLee / Various

What does it mean to live in a “post-truth era? Is there a broader history and context feeding that phenomenon than just Trump and the Russians? How do we address it at a dee